Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Cortland Bancorp

Cortland Bancorp

cldb · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cldb
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Cortland Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015  

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from              to              

Commission File Number 0-13814  

CORTLAND BANCORP  

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)  

Ohio 
(State or Other Jurisdiction 
of Incorporation or Organization) 

194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

34-1451118 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

44410 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (330) 637-8040  

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(b) of the Act: None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(g) of the Act:  

Common Stock, no par value  
(Title of Class)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 
during the preceding l2 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted an posted pursuant to Rule405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§232.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.       

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer 

 

Non-accelerated filer 

 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      Yes      No  

Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2015, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates 
of the registrant was approximately $58,364,246. For purposes of this response, directors and executive officers are considered the affiliates of the 
issuer at that date.  
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 14, 2016: 4,404,783 shares  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 24, 2016 are incorporated by reference into Part III.  

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2015  
Table of Contents  

Item 1.      
Item 1A.     
Item 1B.     
Item 2.      
Item 3.      
Item 4.      

PART I 
  Business ....................................................................................................................................................... 
  Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................. 
  Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................ 
  Properties ..................................................................................................................................................... 
  Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................................... 
  Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................. 
PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6.      
Item 7.      
Item 7A.     
Item 8.      
Item 9.      
Item 9A.     
Item 9B.     

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ..................................................................................................................................................... 
  Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...................... 
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..................................................................... 
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................... 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................... 
  Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................. 
  Other Information ........................................................................................................................................ 
PART III 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .......................................................................... 
  Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters .... 
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................ 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ..................................................................................................... 
PART IV 
Item 15.     
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................... 
SIGNATURES ........................................................................................................................................................................... 
EXHIBIT INDEX ...................................................................................................................................................................... 

Item 10.     
Item 11.     
Item 12.     
Item 13.     
Item 14.     

Form 10-K
Page

3
11
16
16
17
17

18
20
21
47
48
95
95
95

95
95
95
95
95

96
97
98

 
 
  
  
    
     
     
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
 
 
Item l. Business  

CORTLAND BANCORP  

PART I  

THE CORPORATION  

Cortland Bancorp (the Company) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio in 1984, as a one bank holding company 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHC Act). The principal activity of the Company is to own, 
manage and supervise The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (Cortland Banks or the Bank). The Company owns all of the 
outstanding shares of the Bank.  

The Company has made an election to be a financial holding company.  The Company is regulated by the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB). The BHC Act provides generally 
for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as the Company by the Federal Reserve Board, and for functional 
regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance 
regulators. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is subject to the 
disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as administered by the SEC.  

The business of the Company and the Bank is not seasonal to any significant extent and is not dependent on any single customer or 
group of customers. The Company operates as a single line of business.  

NEW RESOURCES LEASING CO.  

New Resources Leasing Co. was formed in December 1987 under Ohio law as a separate entity to handle the function of commercial 
and consumer leasing. The wholly owned subsidiary has been inactive since incorporation.  

CORTLAND BANKS  

Cortland Banks is a full service, state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking. The Bank’s services include checking 
accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, commercial, mortgage and installment loans, night depository, automated teller 
services, safe deposit boxes and other miscellaneous services normally offered by commercial banks. Commercial lending includes 
commercial, financial and agricultural loans, real estate construction and development loans, commercial real estate loans, small 
business lending and trade financing. Consumer lending includes residential real estate, home equity and installment lending. Cortland 
Banks also offers a variety of Internet and mobile banking options.  

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of thirteen offices, seven of which are located in Trumbull County, Ohio. The 
remaining offices are located throughout Portage, Ashtabula, and Mahoning Counties in Ohio. There are also two financial service 
centers located in Beachwood, Ohio, Cuyahoga County, and Fairlawn, Ohio, Summit County. 

The Bank’s main administrative and banking office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.  

The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve, is subject to periodic examination and 
regulation by the Federal Reserve, the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions (Ohio Division) and the CFPB. These 
examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices and other aspects of the Bank’s 
operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors.  In addition to these regular examinations, the Bank must furnish 
periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).  

The Bank provides brokerage and investment services through an arrangement with Investment Professionals, Inc. Under this 
arrangement, financial advisors can offer customers an extensive range of investment products and services, including estate planning, 
qualified retirement plans, mutual funds, annuities, life insurance, fixed income and equity securities and equity research and 
recommendations. Through Investment Professionals, Inc., the Bank also offers asset management services to customers. Beginning in 
2016, the Bank partnered with LPL Financial and the Ellsworth Group to offer brokerage and advisory services through the brand 
Cortland Private Wealth Management.  

3 

 
 
CSB MORTGAGE COMPANY, INC.  

CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. (CSB) was formed as an Ohio corporation in December 2011. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Cortland Banks and functioned as the originator of wholesale mortgage loans and the seller of company-wide mortgage loans in the 
secondary mortgage market.  Its operations were significantly curtailed in September 2013, and substantially all loans were sold 
during the fourth quarter of 2013. The operations of the subsidiary were conducted at the Bank’s main office at 194 West Main Street, 
Cortland, Ohio. It was inactive at December 31, 2015. 

COMPETITION  

The Bank actively competes with state and national banks located in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. It also competes 
for deposits, loans and other service business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as savings and loan associations, 
credit unions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies and commercial finance companies. Also, money market mutual 
funds, brokerage houses and similar institutions provide in a relatively unregulated environment many of the financial services offered 
by banks. In the opinion of management, the principal methods of competition are the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of 
interest paid on deposit funds, the fees charged for services, and the convenience, availability, timeliness and quality of the customer 
services offered.  

EMPLOYEES  

As of December 31, 2015, the Company, through the Bank, employed 148 full-time and 15 part-time employees. The Company 
provides its employees with a full range of benefit plans and considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.  

GENERAL LENDING POLICY  

The Bank’s lending policy is designed to provide a framework which will meet the credit needs and interests of the community and 
the Bank. It is the Bank’s objective to make loans to credit-worthy customers that benefit their interests. The loans made by the Bank 
are subject to the guidelines established in the loan policy that is approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.  

There are times when the Bank will go beyond its lending territory to accommodate people who have been customers of the Bank and 
have moved out of the lending area. There are also times when excess funds are available and it is profitable to participate in loans 
with other banks or to participate in large projects for community development.  

Each lending relationship is reviewed and graded in 6 categories, which are (1) ability to pay, (2) financial condition, (3) management 
ability, (4) collateral and guarantors, (5) loan structure, and (6) industry and economics.  

Further information can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7.  

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION  

The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state banking laws that are intended to protect depositors and borrowers, not 
shareholders. Changes in federal and state banking laws, including statutes, regulations, and policies of the bank regulatory agencies, 
could have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects. Federal and state laws applicable to holding companies and their 
financial institution subsidiaries regulate the range of permissible business activities, investments, reserves against deposits, capital 
levels, lending activities and practices, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, establishment of branches, mergers, dividends, 
and a variety of other important matters. The Company and the Bank are subject to detailed, complex, and sometimes overlapping 
federal and state statutes and regulations affecting routine banking operations. These statutes and regulations include, but are not 
limited to, state usury and consumer credit laws, the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and 
Regulation B, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Savings Act, and the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition to minimum 
capital requirements, federal law imposes other safety and soundness standards having to do with such things as internal controls, 
information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset 
quality, earnings, and compensation and benefits. The following discussion of bank supervision and regulation is qualified in its 
entirety by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed.  

4 

 
The Company is a financial holding company and a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHC Act. As such, the 
Company is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve, acting primarily through the Federal Reserve 
Bank of Cleveland. The Company is required to file annual reports and other information with the Federal Reserve. The Bank is 
subject to regulation and supervision by the Ohio Division. As a member bank of the Federal Reserve, the Bank is also subject to 
regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is examined periodically by the Federal Reserve and by the Ohio 
Division to test compliance with various regulatory requirements. If as a result of examination the Federal Reserve or the Ohio 
Division determines that a bank’s financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or 
other aspects of the bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that the bank or its management is in violation of any law or regulation, 
the bank regulatory agencies may take a number of remedial actions. In addition, the Bank is subject to regulation and examination by 
the CFPB established by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act enacted in July 2010 (the Dodd-Frank 
Act).  Bank regulatory agencies make regular use of their authority to take formal and informal supervisory actions against banks and 
bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses and for violations of any law, rule, or 
regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate federal banking regulatory authority. Potential supervisory and 
enforcement actions include appointment of a conservator or receiver, issuance of a cease-and-desist order that could be judicially 
enforced, termination of a bank’s deposit insurance, imposition of civil money penalties, issuance of directives to increase capital, 
entry into formal or informal agreements, including memoranda of understanding, issuance of removal and prohibition orders against 
institution- affiliated parties, and enforcement of these actions through injunctions or restraining orders.  

Regulation of bank holding companies. A bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its 
subsidiary banks and must not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Federal Reserve requires all bank holding 
companies to maintain capital at or above prescribed levels. Federal Reserve policy requires that a bank holding company provide 
capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and that the bank holding company maintain the financial 
flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting subsidiary banks. Bank holding companies may also 
be required under certain circumstances to give written notice to and receive approval from the Federal Reserve before purchasing or 
redeeming common stock or other equity securities or paying dividends.  

Acquisitions. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire ownership or 
control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company, if after the acquisition the acquiring company would own or 
control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless the acquiring company already owns or 
controls a majority of the shares); acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or merge or consolidate with another 
bank holding company.  The Federal Reserve will consider anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction, capital adequacy and 
other financial and managerial factors, along with the subsidiary banks’ performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 
1977. Approval of the Ohio Division is also necessary to acquire control of an Ohio-chartered bank.  

The BHC Act, the Change in Bank Control Act, and the Federal Reserve Regulation Y require advance approval of the Federal 
Reserve to acquire “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company 
acquires 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank holding company.  Under certain circumstances, control may also be 
presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities.  

Interstate banking and branching. Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act amends the interstate branching provisions of the Riegle-Neal 
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. The amendments authorize a state or national bank to open a de novo 
branch in another state if the law of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a bank chartered by that state to open the 
branch. Section 607 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires that a bank holding company be well capitalized and well managed as a condition 
to approval of an interstate bank acquisition and that an acquiring bank be and remain well capitalized and well managed as a 
condition to approval of an interstate bank merger. 

Nonbanking activities. With some exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or 
retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank 
holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or 
providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve non-bank activities that, by statute or by 
Federal Reserve regulation or order, are held to be closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks. A 
bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized under the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991 prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating 
under the Community Reinvestment Act, by filing a declaration that the bank holding company elects to become a financial holding 
company.  The Company is a financial holding company.  No regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to 
acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities 
that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve.  

5 

 
Activities that are “financial in nature” include:  

 

 

 

securities underwriting, dealing and market making;  

sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies;  

insurance underwriting and agency;  

  merchant banking; and  

 

activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking.  

Capital.  Risk-based capital requirements.  Financial institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain capital as a 
way of absorbing losses that can, as well as losses that cannot, be predicted.  The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital 
guidelines for financial holding companies as well as state banks that are members of the Federal Reserve Bank.  The Office of the 
Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for national banks and state non-member banks, 
respectively.  The guidelines provide a systematic analytical framework which makes regulatory capital requirements sensitive to 
differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance sheet exposures expressly into account in evaluating 
capital adequacy and minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets.  Capital levels as measured by these standards are also 
used to categorize financial institutions for purposes of certain prompt corrective action regulatory provisions.      

Prior to January 1, 2015, the guidelines included a minimum for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, with at least 
half of the ratio composed of common shareholders’ equity, minority interests in certain equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries 
and a limited amount of qualifying preferred stock and qualified trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible 
assets (known as “Tier 1” risk-based capital).  The guidelines also provided for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets, or 
“leverage ratio,” of 3% for financial holding companies and bank holding companies that meet certain criteria, including having the 
highest regulatory rating, and 4% for all other financial holding companies and bank holding companies.  

The risk-based capital guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies are based on the “International Convergence of Capital 
Measurement and Capital Standard” (Basel I), published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) in 
1988.  In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital adequacy framework (Basel II) for large, internationally active banking 
organizations, and in December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel II (“Basel III”).  The Basel 
Committee frameworks did not become applicable to banks supervised in the United States until adopted into United States law or 
regulations.  Although the United States banking regulators imposed some of the Basel II and Basel III rules on banks with $250 
billion or more in assets or $10 billion of on-balance sheet foreign exposure, it was not until July 2013 that the United States banking 
regulators issued final (or, in the case of the FDIC, interim final) new capital rules applicable to smaller banking organizations which 
also implement certain of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”).  Community banking organizations, 
including the Company and the Bank, began transitioning to the new rules on January 1, 2015.  The new minimum capital 
requirements became effective on January 1, 2015, whereas a new capital conservation buffer and deductions from common equity 
capital phase in from January 1, 2016, through January 1, 2019, and most deductions from common equity tier 1 capital will phase in 
from January 1, 2015, through January 1, 2019.    

The new rules include (a) a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%, (b) a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.0%, rather 
than the former 4.0%, (c) a minimum total capital ratio that remains at 8.0%, and (d) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. 

Common equity for the common equity tier 1 capital ratio includes common stock (plus related surplus) and retained earnings, plus 
limited amounts of minority interests in the form of common stock, less the majority of certain regulatory deductions.          

Tier 1 capital includes common equity as defined for the common equity tier 1 capital ratio, plus certain non-cumulative preferred 
stock and related surplus, cumulative preferred stock and related surplus and trust preferred securities that have been grandfathered 
(but which are not permitted going forward), and limited amounts of minority interests in the form of additional Tier 1 capital 
instruments, less certain deductions. 

Tier 2 capital, which can be included in the total capital ratio, includes certain capital instruments (such as subordinated debt) and 
limited amounts of the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to new eligibility criteria, less applicable deductions. 

The deductions from common equity tier 1 capital include goodwill and other intangibles, certain deferred tax assets, mortgage-
servicing assets above certain levels, gains on sale in connection with a securitization, investments in a banking organization’s own 
capital instruments and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions (above certain levels).  The deductions phase 
in from 2015 through 2019.   

6 

 
 
 
For institutions with less than $250 billion in assets, the final rules also allow a one-time opportunity to permanently opt-out of a 
requirement to include all components of accumulated other comprehensive income in the capital calculation. To avoid the possibility 
of extreme market volatility in determining capital adequacy, the Company and the Bank have elected to opt-out. 

Under the guidelines, capital is compared to the relative risk related to the balance sheet.  To derive the risk included in the balance 
sheet, one of several risk weights is applied to different balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets, primarily based on the relative 
credit risk of the counterparty.  The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about 
components, risk weightings and other factors.  Some of the risk weightings have been changed effective January 1, 2015. 

The new rules also place restrictions on the payment of capital distributions, including dividends, and certain discretionary bonus 
payments to executive officers if the company does not hold a capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5% composed of common 
equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements, or if its eligible retained income is negative in that quarter and 
its capital conservation buffer ratio was less than 2.5% at the beginning of the quarter.  The capital conservation buffer phases in 
starting on January 1, 2016, at .625%.  The implementation of Basel III is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s or 
the Bank’s capital ratios. 

Prompt corrective action.  In addition to the capital adequacy requirements set forth above, every financial institution is classified into 
one of five categories based upon the institution’s capital ratios, the results of regulatory examinations of the institution and whether 
the institution is subject to enforcement agreements with its regulatory authorities. The categories are “well capitalized,” “adequately 
capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.”  

The capital of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2015 were as follows:   

December 31, 2015 
CET1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

Actual

(Amounts in thousands)
Minimum required for capital 
adequacy purposes

Amount

Ratio

  Amount

Ratio

To be capitalized under prompt
corrective action regulations

   Amount

Ratio

Consolidated 
Bank 

$ 

56,922 
53,086 

12.78% $
12.01%  

20,043     
19,887     

4.5 %   
4.5 %   $ 

N/A   
28,726     

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

61,922 
53,086 

67,199     
64,363     

61,922     
53,086 

13.90%  
12.01%  

26,723     
26,517 

6.0 %   
6.0 %     

N/A   
35,355 

15.09%   
14.56%   

35,631     
35,355     

8.0 %   
8.0 %     

N/A   
44,194     

10.62%   
9.17%   

23,314     
23,163     

4.0 %   
4.0 %     

N/A   
28,954     

N/A  
6.5%

N/A  
8.0%

N/A  
10.0%

N/A  
5.0%

A bank with a capital level that might qualify for well capitalized or adequately capitalized status may nevertheless be treated as 
though the bank is in the next lower capital category if the bank’s primary federal banking supervisory authority determines that an 
unsafe or unsound condition or practice warrants that treatment. A bank’s operations can be significantly affected by its capital 
classification under the prompt corrective action rules. For example, a bank that is not well capitalized generally is prohibited from 
accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market without advance 
regulatory approval. These deposit-funding limitations can have an adverse effect on the bank’s liquidity. At each successively lower 
capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to additional restrictions. Undercapitalized banks are required to take 
specified actions to increase their capital or otherwise decrease the risks to the federal deposit insurance fund. Bank regulatory 
agencies generally are required to appoint a receiver or conservator within 90 days after a bank becomes critically undercapitalized, 
with a leverage ratio of less than 2%. Section 38(f)(2)(I) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that a federal bank regulatory 
authority may require a bank holding company to divest itself of an undercapitalized bank subsidiary if the agency determines that 
divestiture will improve the bank’s financial condition and prospects.  

Effective January 1, 2015, in order to be “well-capitalized,” a bank must have a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a 
total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 5%, and the 
bank must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a 
specific capital level or any capital measure.  The Company’s management believes that the Bank meets the ratio requirements to be 
deemed “well-capitalized” according to the guidelines described above.   

7 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
     
   
   
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
   
   
     
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
    
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
  
Federal deposit insurance. Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits through the Deposit Insurance Fund. 
Insured banks must pay deposit insurance premiums assessed semiannually and paid quarterly. The insurance premium amount is 
based upon a risk classification system established by the FDIC and the assessment base of each institution, which is the institution’s 
average total assets minus average tangible equity. Banks with higher levels of capital and a low degree of supervisory concern are 
assessed lower premiums than banks with lower levels of capital or a higher degree of supervisory concern.  

In addition, the FDIC has proposed changing the deposit insurance premium assessment method for banks with less than $10 billion in 
assets that have been insured by the FDIC for at least five years.  The proposed changes would revise the financial ratios method so 
that it would be based on a statistical model estimating the probability of failure of a bank over three years; update the financial 
measures used in the financial ratios method consistent with the statistical model; and eliminate risk categories for established small 
banks and using the financial ratios method to determine assessment rates for all such banks (subject to minimum or maximum initial 
assessment rates based upon a bank’s composite examination rating).   

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines that the institution has 
engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any 
applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by or written agreement with the FDIC.  

Selected regulations. Transactions with affiliates. The Bank must comply with section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve 
Act, establishing rules for transactions by member banks with affiliates. These provisions protect banks from abuse in financial 
transactions with affiliates. Generally, section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (1) limit the extent to which a bank or 
its subsidiaries may lend to or engage in various other kinds of transactions with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the 
institution’s capital and surplus (2) limit the aggregate of covered transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital and surplus, 
(3) impose strict collateral requirements on loans or extensions of credit by a bank to an affiliate, (4) impose restrictions on 
investments by a subsidiary bank in the stock or securities of its holding company, (5) impose restrictions on the use of a holding 
company’s stock as collateral for loans by the subsidiary bank, and (6) require that affiliate transactions be on terms substantially the 
same as those provided to a non-affiliate.  

Loans to insiders. The authority of the Bank to extend credit to insiders –meaning executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% 
shareholders – or to entities those persons control, is subject to section 22(g) and section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and 
Regulation O of the Federal Reserve. These laws require that insider loans be made on terms substantially similar to those offered to 
unaffiliated individuals, place limits on the amount of loans a bank may make to insiders based in part on the bank’s capital position, 
and require specified approval procedures. Loans to an individual insider may not exceed the general legal limit on loans to any one 
borrower. The aggregate of all loans to all insiders may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Insider loans exceeding 
the greater of 5% of capital or $25,000 must be approved in advance by a majority of the board, with any interested director not 
participating in the voting. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional limitations based on the purpose of the loan. A 
violation of these restrictions could result in the assessment of substantial civil money penalties, the imposition of a cease-and-desist 
order, or other regulatory sanctions.  

Loans to one borrower. Under Ohio law, the total loans and extensions of credit by an Ohio-chartered bank to a person outstanding at 
any time generally may not exceed 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital, plus 10% of unimpaired capital for loans and extensions of 
credit fully secured by readily marketable collateral.  

Dividends and Distributions. Shareholders of an Ohio corporation are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by the 
corporation’s board of directors. Future dividends will depend on earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business 
prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.  

The Company’s ability to obtain funds for the payment of cash dividends and for other cash requirements depends on the amount of 
dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company. Under Ohio law, a dividend may be declared by a bank from surplus, 
meaning additional paid-in capital, with the approval of (x) the Ohio Division and (y) the holders of two-thirds of the bank’s 
outstanding shares. Superintendent approval is also necessary for payment of a dividend if the total of all cash dividends in a year 
exceeds the sum of (x) net income for the year and (y) retained net income for the two preceding years. According to the Federal 
Reserve, it is a prudent banking practice to continue paying cash dividends if and only if the bank or holding company’s net income 
over the past year is sufficient to fully fund the dividends and if the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the 
organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Relying on 12 U.S.C. 1818(b), the Federal Reserve may 
restrict a member bank’s ability to pay a dividend if the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that the dividend would 
constitute an unsafe and unsound practice. A bank’s ability to pay dividends may be affected also by the Federal Reserve’s capital 
maintenance requirements and prompt corrective action rules.  

A bank holding company may not purchase or redeem its equity securities without advance written approval of the Federal Reserve 
under Federal Reserve Rule 225.4(b) if the purchase or redemption, when combined with all other purchases and redemptions by the 

8 

 
bank holding company during the preceding 12 months, equals or exceeds 10% of the bank holding company’s consolidated net 
worth. However, advance approval is not necessary if the bank holding company is well managed, is not the subject of any unresolved 
supervisory issues, and both before and immediately after the purchase or redemption is well capitalized.  

Developments affecting management and corporate governance. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies jointly published their 
final Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies. The goal is to enable financial organizations to manage the safety and 
soundness risks of incentive compensation arrangements and to assist them with identification of improperly structured compensation 
arrangements. To ensure that incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage employees to take excessive risks that 
undermine safety and soundness, the incentive compensation guidance sets forth these key principles – -incentive compensation 
arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not 
encourage employees to expose the organization to imprudent risk, -these arrangements should be compatible with effective controls 
and risk management, and these arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective 
oversight by the board of directors.  

To implement the interagency guidance, a financial organization must regularly review incentive compensation arrangements for all 
executive and non-executive employees who, either individually or as part of a group, have the ability to expose the organization to 
material amounts of risk, as well as to regularly review the risk-management, control, and corporate governance processes related to 
these arrangements. The organization must immediately correct any identified deficiencies in compensation arrangements or processes 
that are inconsistent with safety and soundness and must ensure that incentive compensation arrangements are consistent with the 
principles discussed in the guidance.  

Consumer protection laws and regulations. Banks are subject to regular examination to ensure compliance with federal statutes and 
regulations applicable to their business, including consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations, some of which are 
discussed below. Potential penalties under these laws include, but are not limited to, fines. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, 
which has extensive regulatory and enforcement powers over consumer financial products and services.  The CFPB has adopted 
numerous rules with respect to consumer protection laws, amending some existing regulations and adopting new ones.  It has also 
commenced enforcement actions.  The following are just some of the consumer protection laws applicable to the Bank.      

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the CRA) and implementing regulations of the 
federal banking agencies, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation – consistent with safe and sound operation 
– to fulfill the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. But the CRA does not 
establish specific lending requirements nor does the CRA limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services 
the institution believes are best suited to the community. The CRA requires that bank regulatory agencies conduct regular CRA 
examinations and provide written evaluations of institutions’ CRA performance. The CRA also requires that an institution’s CRA 
performance rating be made public. Federal bank regulatory agencies consider CRA performance evaluations when they evaluate 
applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open branches. The Bank’s most recent CRA performance 
rating is “satisfactory.”   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether 
for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited 
circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit 
Protection Act.  

Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that 
consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the Truth in Lending Act, all creditors must use 
the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount 
financed, the total of payments, and the payment schedule, among other things.  

Fair Housing Act. The Fair Housing Act makes it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities 
against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap, or familial status.  

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires financial institutions to collect data that enable 
regulatory agencies to determine whether the financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and 
communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also requires the collection and disclosure of data about 
applicant and borrower characteristics as a way to identify possible discriminatory lending patterns.  

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act requires that lenders provide borrowers with 
disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act also prohibits abusive 
practices that increase borrowers’ costs, such as kickbacks and fee-splitting without providing settlement services.  

9 

 
Privacy. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to establish policies and procedures to restrict the 
sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties and to protect customer data from unauthorized access. In addition, the 
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1971 includes many provisions concerning national credit reporting standards and permits consumers to 
opt out of information-sharing for marketing purposes among affiliated entities.  

Predatory lending. What is commonly referred to as predatory lending typically involves one or more of the following elements: 
making unaffordable loans based on a borrower’s assets rather than the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation; inducing a borrower 
to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced, or loan flipping; and engaging 
in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower.  

The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 and implementing regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve require 
specified disclosures and extend additional protection to borrowers in closed-end consumer credit transactions, such as home repairs 
or renovation, that are secured by a mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence. The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act 
prohibits or restricts numerous credit practices, including loan flipping by the same lender or loan servicer within a year of the loan 
being refinanced. Lenders are presumed to have violated the law unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay.  

Monetary policy. The earnings of financial institutions are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary 
policy of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is regulation of aggregate national credit and money 
supply, relying on measures such as open market transactions in securities, establishment of the discount rate on bank borrowings, and 
changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These methods are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth 
and distribution of financial institutions’ loans, investments, and deposits, and they also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid 
on deposits. Monetary policy is influenced by many factors, including inflation, unemployment, short-term and long-term changes in 
the international trade balance, and fiscal policies of the United States government. Federal Reserve Board monetary policy has had a 
significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and it will continue to influence operating results in the 
future.  

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism legislation. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 requires financial institutions to maintain 
records and report transactions to prevent the financial institutions from being used to hide money derived from criminal activity and 
tax evasion. The Bank Secrecy Act establishes (a) record-keeping requirements to assist government enforcement agencies with 
tracing financial transactions and flow of funds, (b) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity Reports and Currency Transaction 
Reports to assist government enforcement agencies with detecting patterns of criminal activity, (c) enforcement provisions authorizing 
criminal and civil penalties for illegal activities and violations of the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations, and (d) safe 
harbor provisions that protect financial institutions from civil liability for their cooperative efforts.  

The Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign 
countries, entities, and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a result, financial institutions must 
scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent obligations of or ownership interests in entities owned or controlled by 
sanctioned targets.  

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requires financial institutions to establish due diligence policies, procedures, and controls reasonably 
designed to detect and report money laundering through correspondent accounts and private banking accounts, share information with 
law enforcement about individuals, entities, and organizations engaged in or suspected of engaging in terrorist acts or money 
laundering activities, and comply with regulations setting forth minimum standards regarding customer identification. These 
regulations require financial institutions to implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any person seeking to open 
an account, maintain records of the information used to verify the person’s identity, and consult lists of known or suspected terrorists 
and terrorist organizations provided to the financial institution by government agencies.  

Volcker Rule. In December 2013, five federal agencies adopted a final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule provision of 
the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”).  The Volcker Rule places limits on the trading activity of insured depository institutions 
and entities affiliated with a depository institution, subject to certain exceptions.  The trading activity includes a purchase or sale as 
principal of a security, derivative, commodity future or option on any such instrument in order to benefit from short-term price 
movements or to realize short-term profits.  The Volcker Rule exempts specified U.S. Government, agency and/or municipal 
obligations, and it excepts trading conducted in certain capacities, including as a broker or other agent, through a deferred 
compensation or pension plan, as a fiduciary on behalf of customers, to satisfy a debt previously contracted, repurchase and securities 
lending agreements and risk-mitigating hedging activities.  

The Volcker Rule also prohibits a banking entity from having an ownership interest in, or certain relationships with, a hedge fund or 
private equity fund, with a number of exceptions.  Included among those prohibited investments are certain collateralized debt 
obligations (CDOs) collateralized by trust preferred securities (TruPS). While the five regulatory agencies issued an Interim Final 
Rule on January 14, 2014, granting relief from the prohibition against holding certain CDOs secured by TruPS issued by bank or thrift 

10 

 
holding companies, the relief does not extend to CDOs collateralized by TruPS issued by insurance companies (iTruPS).  The 
Company maintained a position in nine iTruPS, which were sold in early 2014.  

The Company has no other investments prohibited by the Volcker Rule and does not engage in any of the trading activities governed 
by the Volcker Rule.                   

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

The Company files an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those reports with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 Amended. The Company’s website 
is www.cortland-banks.com. The Company makes available through its website, free of charge, the reports filed with the SEC, as soon 
as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that 
contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at 
www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the Commission at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F 
Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain 
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Like all financial companies, the Company’s business and results of operations are subject to a number of risks, many of which are 
outside of our control. In addition to the other information in this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important 
factors could materially impact our business and future results of operations.  

Changes in economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings through declines in deposits, loan demand, the 
ability of its customers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing its loans. 

Our success depends, in part, on economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental fiscal and monetary 
policies.  Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, fiscal and monetary policy and other factors 
beyond the Company’s control may adversely affect its deposit levels and composition, demand for loans, the ability of its borrowers 
to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing the loans it makes.  Economic turmoil in Europe and Asia and changes in 
oil production in the Middle East affect the economy and stock prices in the United States, which can affect our earnings and capital 
and the ability of its customers to repay loans.  Because the Company has a significant amount of real estate loans, decreases in real 
estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. 

The enactment of new legislation and increased regulatory oversight may significantly affect our financial condition and results of 
operations.  

The Federal Reserve Board, Congress, the Treasury, the FDIC and others have taken numerous actions in the past to address the 
liquidity and credit issues in the financial markets. These measures included actions to encourage loan restructuring and modification 
for homeowners; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the 
lowering of the federal funds rate; and coordinated efforts to address liquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector. Further 
regulations or legislations could have adverse effects on our business by increasing expenses or limiting our business.  Further, 
renewed instability in the financial markets could weaken public confidence in financial institutions and adversely affect our ability to 
attract and retain new customers.  

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law.  The Dodd-Frank Act and regulations adopted under it constituted a major 
change in the financial services industry throughout the United States and have significantly impacted the way in which the Company 
conducts business.  Some provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act remain to be implemented and interpreted by the banking regulators and 
the SEC, and the full effect of that law is not yet known.  Nonetheless, the parts of the law and regulations that have been implemented 
have already resulted in increased compliance costs and may result in increased fees paid to regulators, as well as restrictions on the 
operations of the Company, all of which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

11 

 
 
 
Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act apply directly only to institutions much larger than ours, and some will affect only 
institutions with different charters than ours or institutions that engage in activities in which we do not engage. Among the provisions 
that may have an effect on our business that has not yet been fully experienced are the following:  

 

creation of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to adopt and enforce consumer protection 
regulations;  

  new capital regulations for bank holding companies have been adopted, which impose stricter requirements, and any new 

trust preferred securities will no longer count toward Tier I capital;  

 

the assessment base for determining deposit insurance premiums has been expanded to include liabilities other than just 
deposits; and  

  new corporate governance requirements applicable generally to all public companies in all industries require, or will 
require when implemented, new compensation practices, including requiring companies to “claw back” incentive 
compensation under certain circumstances and to consider the independence of compensation advisers, and new executive 
compensation disclosure requirements.  

Adverse changes in the financial markets may adversely impact our results of operations.  

The global financial markets have experienced increased volatility in recent years. While we generally invest in securities issued by 
U.S. government agencies and sponsored entities and U.S. state and local governments with limited credit risk, certain investment 
securities we hold possess higher credit risk since they represent beneficial interests in structured investments collateralized by 
residential mortgages, debt obligations and other similar asset-backed assets. Regardless of the level of credit risk, all investment 
securities are subject to changes in market value due to changing interest rates, implied credit spreads and credit ratings.  

Over the last few years, structured investments, like our collateralized debt obligations, have been subject to significant market 
volatility due to the uncertainty of the credit ratings, deterioration in credit losses occurring within certain types of residential 
mortgages, changes in prepayments of the underlying collateral and the lack of transparency related to the investment structures and 
the collateral underlying the structured investment vehicles. These conditions have resulted in our recognizing impairment charges on 
certain investment securities during 2012 and 2013. Given recent market conditions and changing economic factors, we may be 
required to recognize additional impairment changes on securities held in our investment portfolio in the future.  

We may be compelled to seek additional capital in the future but may not be able to access capital when needed.  

Federal banking agencies have adopted extensive changes to their capital requirements, including raising required amounts and 
eliminating inclusion of certain instruments from the calculation of capital. Should we experience significant loan losses, we may need 
additional capital. In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business, to finance acquisitions, if any, or for 
other purposes. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on our financial performance, conditions in the capital 
markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. There can be no assurance, 
therefore, that we can raise additional capital at all or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed or 
desired, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  

A default by another larger financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.  

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of relationships between the 
institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide 
liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This “systemic risk” may adversely affect our business.  

Changes in national and local economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings, as our borrowers’ ability to 
repay loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans decline and as loans and deposits decline.  

There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities, including credit risk, which is the risk that borrowers may not repay 
outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing loans will decrease. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, 
changes in interest rates and money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to 
repay their loans and the value of collateral securing the loans, which could adversely affect our earnings. Because we have a 
significant amount of real estate loans, a decline in the value of real estate could have a material adverse effect on us. As of 
December 31, 2015, 93.1% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, commercial real estate, real estate construction and 
installment, all of which are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans and all of which, with 
the exception of installment loans, are typically larger than residential real estate loans. Residential real estate loans held in the 
portfolio are typically originated using conservative underwriting standards that do not include sub-prime lending. We attempt to 

12 

 
manage credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and an on-going process of 
assessment of the quality of the credit already extended. Economic and political changes could also adversely affect our deposits and 
loan demand, which could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition. Since substantially all of our loans are to individuals 
and businesses in Ohio, any decline in the economy of this market area could have a materially adverse effect on our credit risk and on 
our deposit and loan levels.  

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between (i) the interest earned on 
loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and (ii) the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive 
to many factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply and 
the policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. If the interest we pay on deposits and other borrowings increases at a 
faster rate than the interest we receive on loans and other investments, our net interest income and therefore earnings, could be 
adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest we receive on loans and other investments falls more 
quickly than the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings. While we have taken measures intended to manage the risks of operating 
in a changing interest rate environment, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective in avoiding undue interest rate 
risk.  

Increases in interest rates also can affect the value of loans and other assets, including our ability to realize gains on the sale of assets. 
We originate loans for sale and for our portfolio. Increasing interest rates may reduce the origination of loans for sale and 
consequently the fee income we earn on such sales. Further, increasing interest rates may adversely affect the ability of borrowers to 
pay the principal or interest on loans and leases, resulting in an increase in non-performing assets and a reduction of income 
recognized.  

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our earnings.  

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are a significant 
number of financial institution failures or changes in the method of calculating premiums, we may be required to pay higher FDIC 
premiums. Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to continue 
to pay dividends on our common shares at the current rate or at all.  

Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.  

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable loan losses based on management’s quarterly analysis of the loan 
portfolio. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States (GAAP) requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. One of our most critical 
estimates is the level of the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute 
assurance that we will not be required to charge earnings for significant unexpected loan losses. For more information on the 
sensitivity of these estimates, refer to the discussion of our “Critical Accounting Policies” in this report.  

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses within the loan 
portfolio. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of 
our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In deciding whether to 
extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information provided to us by 
customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of 
customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on 
reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, we may assume that the customer’s 
audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows of the customer. We may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements. Our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted to the extent that we rely on financial statements that do 
not comply with GAAP or on financial statements and other financial information that are materially misleading.  

Through a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the allowance for loan 
losses by considering general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, the collateral supporting the loans and 
performance of customers relative to their financial obligations with us. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in 
economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and these losses may 
exceed current estimates. We cannot fully predict the amount or timing of losses or whether the loss allowance will be adequate in the 
future. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our 
loan portfolio, resulting in additions could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In 
addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses as part of their examination process and may 

13 

 
require management to increase the allowance or recognize further loan charge-offs based on judgments different than those of 
management. Any increase in the provision for loan losses would decrease our pretax and net income.  

If we foreclose on collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with 
the ownership of real property, resulting in reduced revenues.  

We may have to foreclose on collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which 
case we will be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a 
default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: (i) general or local economic conditions; 
(ii) neighborhood values; (iii) interest rates; (iv) real estate tax rates; (v) operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; (vi) supply of 
and demand for rental units or properties; (vii) ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; (viii) zoning laws; 
(ix) governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and (x) acts of God. Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real 
estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of 
operating a real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to 
protect our investment, or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss. The foregoing expenditures and costs could 
adversely affect our ability to generate revenues, resulting in reduced levels of profitability.  

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.  

In the course of our business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, commercial properties securing loans that are in default. There is a 
risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on those properties. In this event, we could be required to remove the substances 
from and remediate the properties at our cost and expense. The cost of removal and environmental remediation could be substantial. 
We may not have adequate remedies against the owners of the properties or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or 
impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operation.  

The loss of key members of our senior management team could adversely affect our business.  

We believe that our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our senior management. Their experience and industry 
contacts significantly benefit us. In addition, our success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement our business 
strategy. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of services of any of our 
senior executive officers or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel.  

Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers.  

Our business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of our key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key 
employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a 
competitor. While we believe our relationships with our key producers is good, we cannot guarantee that all of our key personnel will 
remain with our organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of our 
competitors, could result in the loss of some of our customers.  

We operate in an extremely competitive market, and our business will suffer if we are unable to compete effectively.  

In our market area, we encounter significant competition from other banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage 
banking firms, securities brokerage firms, asset management firms and insurance companies. The increasingly competitive 
environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service 
providers. The Company is smaller than many of our competitors. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and 
lending limits than we do and may offer services that we do not or cannot provide.  

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited.  

We are dependent primarily upon the earnings of our operating subsidiaries for funds to pay dividends on our common shares. The 
payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries is subject to certain regulatory restrictions. As a result, any payment of dividends in 
the future will be dependent, in large part, on our ability to satisfy these regulatory restrictions and our subsidiaries’ earnings, capital 
requirements, financial condition and other factors. Although our financial earnings and financial condition have allowed us to declare 
and pay periodic cash dividends to our shareholders, there can be no assurance that our dividend policy or size of dividend distribution 
will continue in the future.  

14 

 
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.  

Management’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of 
operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods in 
order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most 
appropriate manner in which to record and report our financial condition and results of operations. One of the most critical estimates is 
the level of the allowance of loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute assurance that we 
will not significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the provided 
allowance.  

Material breaches in security of our systems or those of third-party service providers may have a significant effect on our business.  

We collect, process and store sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by 
both us and third-party service providers. We have security and backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity 
plan, to ensure the computer systems will not be inoperable, to the extent possible. We also have implemented security controls to 
prevent unauthorized access to the computer systems and require our third-party service providers to maintain similar controls. 
However, management cannot be certain that these measures will be successful. A security breach of the computer systems and loss of 
confidential information, such as customer account numbers and related information, could result in a loss of customers’ confidence 
and, thus, loss of business. In addition, unauthorized access to or use of sensitive data could subject us to litigation and liability and 
costs to prevent further such occurrences.  

The Bank’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process the bank’s transaction volumes poses the risk that 
technical system flaws or employee errors, tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses and may be difficult to 
detect. The Bank may also be subject to disruptions of the operating system arising from events that are beyond the bank’s control (for 
example, computer viruses, cyber attacks preventing customer access, electrical or telecommunications outages, natural disasters, 
terrorism or international hostilities). The Bank is further exposed to the risk that the third-party service providers may be unable to 
fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risks as the Bank). These disruptions may interfere with service to 
the Bank’s customers, cause additional regulatory scrutiny and result in a financial loss or liability.  

Further, we may be affected by data breaches at retailers and other third parties who participate in data interchanges with us and our 
customers that involve the theft of customer credit and debit card data, which may include the theft of our debit card PIN numbers and 
commercial card information used to make purchases at such retailers and other third parties. Such data breaches could result in us 
incurring significant expenses to reissue debit cards and cover losses, which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations. 

Our assets which are at risk for cyber-attacks include financial assets and non-public information belonging to customers. We use 
several third-party vendors who have access to our assets via electronic media. Certain cyber security risks arise due to this access, 
including cyber espionage, blackmail, ransom, and theft. As cyber and other data security threats continue to evolve, we may be 
required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify and enhance our protective measures or to investigate and 
remediate any security vulnerabilities.  

Trading in our common shares is very limited, which may adversely affect the time and the price at which you can sell your 
Company common shares.  

Although the common shares of the Company are quoted on the OTC Market, trading in the Company’s common shares is not active, 
and the spread between the bid and the asked price is often wide. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares on short notice, 
and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could temporarily depress the market price. The price at which you may be able to 
sell your common shares may be significantly lower than the price at which you could buy the Company’s common shares at that 
time.  

Our organizational documents may have the effect of discouraging a third party from acquiring us.  

Our articles of incorporation and code of regulations contain provisions, including a staggered board of directors and a supermajority 
vote requirement, that make it more difficult for a third party to gain control or acquire us without the consent of the board of 
directors. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and may make it more difficult for dissident shareholders to elect 
representatives as directors and take other corporate actions.  

15 

 
Future expansion may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

We may acquire other financial institutions or parts of institutions in the future and may open new branches. We also may consider 
and enter into new lines of business or offer new products or services. Expansions of our business involve a number of expenses and 
risks, including:  

 

 

 

the time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions;  

the potential inaccuracy of estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risk with 
respect to the target institutions;  

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring local management and opening new offices, and the delay between 
commencing these activities and the generation of profits from the expansion;  

  our ability to finance an acquisition or other expansion and the possible dilution to our existing shareholders;  

 

 

 

 

 

the diversion of management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction and the integration of the operations and 
personnel of the combining businesses;  
entry into unfamiliar markets;  
the introduction of new products and services into our existing business;  

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects 
on our results of operations; and  
the risk of loss of key employees and customers.  

We may incur substantial costs to expand, and we can give no assurance that such expansion will result in the levels of profits we 
expect. Neither can we assure that integration efforts for any future acquisitions will be successful. We may issue equity securities in 
connection with acquisitions, which could dilute the economic and voting interests of our existing shareholders.  

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how our financial condition and results of operations are 
recorded and reported. The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other 
regulatory bodies, from time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company 
records and reports financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or 
revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained 
earnings. Management may be required to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. 
Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  

The Company undertakes no obligation and disclaims any intention to publish revised information or updates to forward-looking 
statements contained in the above risk factors or in any other statement made at any time by any director, officer, employee or other 
representative of the Company unless and until any such revisions or updates are required to be disclosed by applicable securities laws 
or regulations.  

Changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.  

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and ad 
valorem taxes. Changes to our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our customers are 
subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by our customers may adversely affect their ability to 
purchase homes or consumer products, which could adversely affect their demand for our loans and deposit products. In addition, such 
negative effects on our customers could result in defaults on the loans we have made and decrease the value of mortgage-backed 
securities in which we have invested.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments — Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller reporting company.  

Item 2. Properties  
The Company’s operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.  

16 

 
Full service banking business is conducted at a total of thirteen offices, including:  

BOARDMAN 
Victor Hills Plaza 
6538 South Avenue 
Boardman, Ohio 44512 
330-629-9151 

BRISTOL 
6090 State Route 45 
Bristolville, Ohio 44402 
330-889-3062 

BROOKFIELD 
7202 Warren-Sharon Road 
Brookfield, Ohio 44403 
330-448-6814 

CORTLAND 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 
330-637-8040 

HUBBARD 
890 West Liberty Street 
Hubbard, Ohio 44425 
330-534-2265 

MANTUA 
11661 State Route 44 
Mantua, Ohio 44255 
330-274-3111 

NILES PARK PLAZA 
815 Youngstown-Warren Road 
Suite 1 
Niles, Ohio 44446 
330-652-8700 

NORTH LIMA 
9001 Market Street 
North Lima, Ohio 44452 
330-758-5884 

CANFIELD 
3615 Boardman-Canfield Road 
Canfield, Ohio 44406 
330-941-5867 

VIENNA 
4434 Warren-Sharon Road 
Vienna, Ohio 44473 
330-394-1438 

WARREN 
2935 Elm Road 
Warren, Ohio 44483 
330-372-1520 

WILLIAMSFIELD 
5917 U.S. Route 322 
Williamsfield, Ohio 44093 
440-293-7502 

WINDHAM 
8950 Maple Grove Road 
Windham, Ohio 44288 
330-326-2340 

The Bank’s main and administrative office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. The Bank leases two financial service 
centers in Beachwood, Ohio and Fairlawn, Ohio. The Hubbard, Niles Park Plaza and Boardman offices are leased, while all of the 
other offices are owned by Cortland Banks.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

The Bank is involved from time to time in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. In the opinion of 
management, the outcomes from such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material 
effect on the Company.  

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures – Not applicable 
Executive Officers of the Registrant  
The names, ages and positions of the executive officers as of March 24, 2016 are as follows:  

Name 
James M. Gasior 
Timothy Carney 
David J. Lucido 
Stanley P. Feret 

Age 
56 
50 
58 
55 

   Position Held 
   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
   Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer and Director 
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
   Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer 

Principal Occupation and Business Experience of Executive Officers  
During the past five years the business experience of each of the executive officers has been as follows:  

Mr. Gasior has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank since November 2, 2009. Mr. Gasior is a 
director of the Company and the Bank since November 2005.  

Mr. Carney has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank since November 2, 2009. 
Mr. Carney is a director of the Company and the Bank since November 2009. 

17 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
Mr. Lucido was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank on January 18, 2010.  

Mr. Feret was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank on March 10, 2010.  

PART II  

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  
The following is information regarding market information, holders and dividends.  

The Company files quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, an annual report on Form 10-K, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy 
statements, as well as any amendments to those reports and statements, with the SEC pursuant to section 13(a) or (15)d of the 
Exchange Act. In 2016, the Company’s quarterly reports will be filed within 45 days of the end of each quarter, and the Company’s 
annual report will be filed within 90 days of the end of the year. Any person may access these reports and statements free of charge, as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC, by visiting our web site at 
www.cortland-banks.com or by writing to:  

Deborah L. Eazor  
Cortland Bancorp  
194 West Main Street  
Cortland, Ohio 44410  

The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov where our filings and other information may be obtained free of charge.  

The Company’s common shares trade on the OTCQX under the symbol CLDB. The following brokerage firm is known to be 
relatively active in trading the Company’s common shares:  

Boenning & Scattergood  
9916 Brewster Lane  
Powell, OH 43065  
Telephone: 866-326-8113  

The following table shows the dividends declared during the periods indicated and the prices at which the common shares of the 
Company have actually been purchased and sold in market transactions. The range of market prices is compiled from data available 
from the OTCQX, a financial marketplace for 10,000 U.S. and global securities that recently expanded to include financial institutions 
that meet the capital requirements and disclosure commitments as established by the OTC.  The data may not necessarily represent all 
transactions. As of March 14, 2016, the Company had approximately 1,346 shareholders of record.  

2015 
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 
2014 
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 
2013 
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

High 

Price Per Share 
Low 

Close 

  Cash Dividends 
  Declared Per Share

$

$

$

15.90    $
15.00     
15.60     
16.00     

15.95    $
13.85     
13.00     
11.00     

10.75    $
10.48     
10.85     
11.00     

14.31     $ 
13.00       
14.15       
15.16       

13.50     $ 
11.80       
10.51       
10.25       

9.40     $ 
9.10       
9.95       
9.75       

15.90    $
14.31     
14.15     
15.30     

15.75    $
13.50     
11.90     
10.60     

10.25    $
9.45     
10.00     
10.40     

0.06 
0.06 
0.06 
0.06 

0.05 
0.05 
0.05 
0.03 

0.03 
0.03 
0.03 
0.03  

For current share prices, please access our website at www.cortland-banks.com.  

18 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
  
The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2016 is $4.4 million plus 2016 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration.  

For the convenience of shareholders, the Company has established a plan whereby shareholders may have their dividends 
automatically reinvested in the common shares of the Company. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and shareholders 
may withdraw at any time.  

Shareholder and General Inquiries 
Cortland Bancorp 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 
(330) 637-8040 
Attention: Deborah L. Eazor 
Vice President 
DLEazor@cortland-banks.com 

   Transfer Agent

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 
(888) 509-4619 

Please contact our transfer agent directly for assistance in changing your address, elimination of duplicate mailings, transferring shares 
or replacing lost, stolen or destroyed share certificates. Other questions regarding your status as a shareholder of the Company may be 
addressed to the Company as indicated above.  

The following table shows information relating to the repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2015: 

October 
November 
December 
Total 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased

Average Price 
Paid Per Share       

Total Number of
Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs 

Maximum 
Number of 
Shares That May
Yet Be 
Purchased Under
the Plans or 
Programs*

—    $
37,900     
20,261     
58,161    $

—        
15.67        
15.78        
15.03        

—     
37,900     
20,261     
58,161     

135,095 
97,195 
— 
—   

* On March 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a Stock Repurchase Program. The program allowed the Company 
to purchase up to 200,000 shares with an expiration date of December 31, 2015. (See footnote 18 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.) 

The Company did not sell any of its shares without registration during 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

19 

 
 
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS 
Total interest income 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income (NII) 
Provision for loan losses 
NII after loss provision 
Security gains (losses) including impairment losses 
Mortgage banking gains 
Other income 

Total non-interest income 

Total non-interest expenses 

Income before tax expense (benefit) 

Federal income tax expense (benefit) 

Net income 

PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1) 
Earnings per share 
Cash dividends declared per share 
Book value 
BALANCE SHEET DATA 
Assets 
Investment securities 
Loans held for sale 
Loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Deposits 
Borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
AVERAGE BALANCES 
Assets 
Investment securities 
Loans 
Loans held for sale 
Deposits 
Borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries on loans 
Net charge-offs 

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans 
Loans 30+ days delinquent as a percentage of total loans 
Nonperforming loans 
Nonperforming securities 
Other real estate owned 
Total nonperforming assets 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of: 

Total assets 
Equity plus allowance for loan losses 
Tier I capital 
FINANCIAL RATIOS 
Return on average equity 
Return on average assets 
Effective tax rate 
Average equity-to-average asset ratio 
Tangible equity ratio 
Cash dividend payout ratio 
Net interest margin 

(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

2015 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

21,113  
2,607   
18,506  
455  
18,051  
64   
785  
3,060   
3,909   
16,363  
5,597   
1,219   
4,378   

   $

20,665      $
2,884     

20,060       $ 
3,404      

21,015      $
4,071     

17,781  

1,638     
16,143     
915     
440     
2,772     
4,127  
15,499     
4,771  

902     

16,656   

650      
16,006      
(1,234 )    
1,491      
2,488      
2,745   
16,879      
1,872   

88      

$

3,869  

$

1,784   

 $ 

16,944  

3,020     
13,924     
(157)    
1,772     
2,573     
4,188  
15,357     
2,755  
(158)    
2,913  

$

   $

0.97  
0.24  
12.87   

0.85      $
0.18     
12.33     

0.39       $ 
0.12      
10.94      

0.64      $
0.03     
10.93     

   $

   $

612,443   
162,035   
4,033   
394,254   
5,194   
496,404   
44,499  
5,155   
56,684  

568,897   
166,155   
356,105   
2,504   
454,920   
43,761  
5,155   
56,625  

(723 ) 
260  
(463 ) 

   $

   $

0.13%  
1.80%  

11,542  
778  
61   
12,381  

   $

   $

568,932      $
170,108     
632     
360,185     
5,202     
456,761     
44,759     
5,155     
55,852     

542,542      $
175,000     
325,747     
814     
428,468     
46,886     
5,155     
53,648     

(594)     $
394     
(200)     $

0.06%   
2.22%   
9,237      $
779     
40     
10,056      $

556,918       $ 
168,133      
656      
346,833      
3,764      
448,669      
46,404      
5,155      
49,535      

540,510       $ 
181,051      
306,411      
12,003      
435,550      
44,127      
5,155      
49,449      

(1,022 )     $ 
311      
(711 )     $ 

0.23 %   
0.54 %   
6,120       $ 
1,203      
33      
7,356       $ 

45.00 %  

56.32%  

61.50 % 

2.02%  
20.01   
19.99   

1.77%  
16.47  
17.13  

7.73%  
0.77  
21.78   
9.95  
10.62   
24.74   
3.65  

7.21%   
0.71     
18.91     
9.89     
10.66     
21.18     
3.67     

1.32 % 
13.80   
13.39   

3.61 %   
0.33      
4.70      
9.15      
10.35      
30.77      
3.41      

582,240      $
184,646     
24,756     
317,282     
3,825     
476,901     
46,051     
5,155     
49,452     

528,075      $
183,514     
287,723     
13,311     
424,337     
44,054     
5,155     
48,598     

(2,415 )     $
162     
(2,253 )     $

0.78%  
0.94%  
5,668      $
674     
145     
6,487      $

67.48%  

1.11%  
12.16  
12.01  

5.99%  
0.55     
(5.74 )    
9.20     
9.63     
4.69     
3.58     

2011 

21,110  
4,732  
16,378  
1,196  
15,182  
680  
162  
2,607  
3,449  
13,366  
5,265  
1,193  
4,072  

0.90  
—  
10.10  

519,830  
185,916  
947  
289,096  
3,058  
422,765  
42,273  
5,155  
45,719  

493,728  
186,872  
260,755  
325  
395,561  
43,734  
5,155  
44,589  

(832) 
193  
(639) 

0.25%
1.01%
4,714  
1,542  
437  
6,693  

64.87%

1.29%
13.70  
12.94  

9.13%
0.82  
22.66  
9.03  
10.39  
—  
3.72   

(1) 

Basic earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Cash dividends per common share are based on actual cash dividends declared. Book 
value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period.  

For more information see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and 
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  

20 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
     
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
     
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
     
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
     
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
     
    
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
     
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

The following schedules show average balances of interest-earning and non interest-earning assets and liabilities, and shareholders’ 
equity for the years indicated. Also shown are the related amounts of interest earned or paid and the related average yields or interest 
rates paid for the years indicated. The averages are based on daily balances.  

Interest-earning assets: 

Interest-earning deposits and other earning assets 
Available-for-sale securities (Note 1, 2, 3): 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies 
   and corporations 
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions - 
taxable 
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions - 
   nontaxable 
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass through 
   certificates 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Other securities 

Total available-for-sale securities 
Trading securities (Note 1, 2, 3) 
Loans (Note 1, 2, 3, 4) 

Total interest-earning assets 

Noninterest-earning assets: 
Cash and due from banks 
Premises and equipment 
Other assets 

Total assets 

 Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Deposits: 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings 
Time 

Total interest-bearing deposits 
 Borrowings: 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
Subordinated debt 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 

Total borrowings 
Total interest-bearing liabilities 

 Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 
Shareholders' equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

Net interest income 

Net interest rate spread (Note 5) 

Net interest margin (Note 6) 

Average  
Balance  
Outstanding   

2015 
Interest
 Earned
 or Paid    

(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars) 
2014 
Interest
 Earned
 or Paid    

Average  
Balance  
Outstanding   

Yield  
or  
Rate 

Yield  
or  
Rate 

Average  
Balance  
Outstanding   

2013 
Interest
 Earned
 or Paid    

Yield  
or  
Rate 

$ 

5,930 $

19

0.32% $

6,686    $

21     

0.31 %   $ 

10,010    $

30     

0.29%

11,356     

301     

2.65%   

9,004     

210     

2.33 %     

6,551     

130     

1.98%

4,665     

162     

3.47%   

4,779     

165     

3.45 %     

4,690     

157     

3.35%

45,169      2,211     

4.90%   

44,157      2,182     

4.94 %     

37,356      1,878     

5.03%

91,017      1,836     

2.02%   

103,228      2,230     

2.16 %     

110,186      1,928     

1.75%

18     
1,248     
153
4,702
4,681
158,157
362
7,998
358,609
16,933
530,694 $ 21,995

1.44%   
3.25%   
2.96%   
4.53%   
4.72%   
4.14%   

—     
6,200     

—     
197     
167,368      4,984     
397     
326,561      16,154     
508,247    $ 21,556     

7,632     

—        
3.18 %     
2.98 %     
5.20 %     
4.95 %     
4.24 %     

—     
—     
414     
16,929     
175,712      4,507     
230     
318,414      16,032     
509,475    $ 20,799     

5,339     

—  
2.45%
2.56%
4.31%
5.03%
4.08%

7,399
7,165
23,639
$  568,897

7,229        
6,553        
20,513        
542,542        

$

7,476        
6,680        
16,879        
     $  540,510        

$  110,130 $
113,885
132,877
356,892

269
67
1,332
1,668

0.24% $
0.06%   
1.00%   
0.47%   

178     
92,338    $
114,955     
67     
130,245      1,449     
337,538      1,694     

0.19 %   $ 
0.06 %     
1.11 %     
0.50 %     

177     
91,386    $
117,808     
83     
140,585      1,842     
349,779      2,102     

4
4,082
91
5,155
40
14,674
804
25,005
48,916
939
405,808 $ 2,607

0.10%   
1.75%   
0.27%   
3.22%   
1.92%   
0.64%   

4,141     
3      
5,155     
88     
17,541     
156     
943     
25,204     
52,041      1,190     
389,579    $ 2,884     

0.07 %     
1.70 %     
0.89 %     
3.74 %     
2.29 %     
0.74 %     

3,453     
5,155     
4,559     

3      
90     
7      
36,115      1,202     
49,282      1,302     
399,061    $ 3,404     

98,028
8,436
56,625
$  568,897

90,930        
8,385        
53,648        
542,542        

$

85,771        
6,229        
49,449        
     $  540,510        

    $ 19,388

    $ 18,672        

    $ 17,395        

3.50%   
3.65%   

3.50 %     

3.67 %     

0.19%
0.07%
1.31%
0.60%

0.09%
1.75%
0.15%
3.33%
2.64%
0.85%

3.23%

3.41%

Note 1 – Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities and loans. 
Note 2 – The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory rate of 34%, and have been adjusted to 

reflect the effect of disallowed interest expenses related to carrying tax-exempt assets. The tax equivalent income adjustment 
for loans and investments available-for-sale and trading was $24,000 and $858,000, respectively, for December 31, 2015; 
$34,000 and $857,000, respectively, for December 31, 2014; and $39,000 and $700,000, respectively, for December 31, 
2013.  

Note 3 – Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all non-accrual investment securities and loans. 

Investment securities consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount and 
include both taxable and tax-exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans, including loans held for sale, less 
average unearned income. 

21 

 
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
        
       
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
        
       
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
        
       
        
  
 
 
 
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
        
       
  
        
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
        
       
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
        
       
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
        
       
        
  
 
 
 
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
        
   
  
        
     
  
        
     
  
  
        
   
  
        
     
  
        
     
  
Note 4 – Interest earned on loans includes net loan fees of $486,000 in 2015, $487,000 in 2014 and $292,000 in 2013. 
Note 5 – Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing 

liabilities.  

Note 6 – Net interest margin is calculated by dividing the net interest income by total interest-earning assets. 

FINANCIAL REVIEW  

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The 
discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial 
information included elsewhere in this annual report.  

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical 
information, certain information included in this discussion and other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the SEC 
(as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” 
“contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements 
reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management.  

Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-
looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest 
rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area, including the impact of the impairment of securities; political actions, 
including failure of the United States Congress to raise the federal debt ceiling or the imposition of changes in the federal budget; 
changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or 
composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity, such as 
expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; 
changes in assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses, reserves for repurchase of mortgage loans 
sold and other estimates; and risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors.  

While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no 
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES  

The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based upon the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management which has a material impact on the 
carrying value of certain assets and liabilities; management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The 
judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.  

Management believes the following are critical accounting policies that require the most significant judgments and estimates used in 
the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

22 

 
Accounting for the Allowance for Loan Losses  

The determination of the allowance for loan losses and the resulting amount of the provision for loan losses charged to operations 
reflects management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration changes in lending 
policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and, in the 
terms of loans, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management, changes in the volume and severity of past due, 
non-accrual and adversely classified or graded loans, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of 
underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the effect of 
competition, legal and regulatory requirements and other external factors. The nature of the process by which we determine the 
appropriate allowance for loan losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. While management utilizes its best judgment and 
information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the 
performance of the loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan 
classifications. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes 
the uncollectibility of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. A weakening of the economy 
or other factors that adversely affect asset quality could result in an increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults 
and a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge offs, and provision for loan losses in future periods.  

The Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances based on probable 
losses on specific loans; (ii) valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics 
and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal 
and external to the Company. These elements support the basis for determining allocations between the various loan categories and the 
overall adequacy of our allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  

With these methodologies, a general allowance is established for each loan type based on historical losses for each loan type in the 
portfolio. Additionally, management allocates a specific allowance for “Impaired Credits,” which is based on current information and 
events, if it is probable the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
The level of the general allowance is established to provide coverage for management’s estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio 
by various loan segments not covered by the specific allowance. Additional information regarding allowance for credit losses can be 
found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Investment Securities and Impairment  

The classification and accounting for investment securities is discussed in detail in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. Investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. The appropriate classification is 
based partially on the Company’s ability to hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions, if any, with respect 
to either holding or selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the 
accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities, if any, flow directly through 
earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas available-for-sale securities are recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of the 
Company’s investment securities are generally determined by reference to quoted market prices and reliable independent sources. At 
each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to the Company’s investment 
securities. Such impairment must be recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income (loss).  

For debt securities, ASC topic 320 requires an entity to assess whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-
than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, an other-
than-temporary-impairment (OTTI) loss on the security must be recognized.  

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), ASC topic 320 changes the presentation and amount of the 
OTTI recognized in the income statement.  

In these instances, the impairment is separated into the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and the amount of the 
total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The 
amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The total OTTI is 
presented in the income statement with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in other comprehensive income 
(loss). In determining the amount of impairment related to credit loss, the Company uses a third party discounted cash flow model, 
several inputs for which require estimation and judgment. Among these inputs are projected deferral and default rates and estimated 
recovery rates. Realization of events different than that projected could result in a large variance in the values of the securities.  

23 

 
Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Income Taxes  

The provision for income taxes is based on income reported for financial statement purposes and differs from the amount of taxes 
currently payable, since certain income and expense items are reported for financial statement purposes in different periods than those 
for tax reporting purposes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Item 8, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accrued 
taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company 
assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and 
regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position.  

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities at 
enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. We conduct periodic assessments of deferred tax 
assets to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that they will be realized. In making these assessments, we consider taxable income in 
prior periods, projected future taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected future reversals of deferred tax items. 
These assessments involve a certain degree of subjectivity which may change significantly depending on the related circumstances.  

CORPORATE PROFILE  

The Company, with total assets of approximately $612.4 million at December 31, 2015, is a bank holding company headquartered in 
Cortland, Ohio whose principle activity is to manage, supervise and otherwise serve as a source of strength to the Bank.  

Cortland Banks is a state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking services. The Bank offers a full range of financial 
services to its local communities with an ongoing strategic focus on commercial banking relationships. 

The Bank’s results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which, in part, is a direct result of the market interest rate 
environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid 
on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by the shape of the market yield curve, the repricing of interest-earning 
assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the prepayment rate of mortgage-related assets. Results of operations may be affected 
significantly by general and local economic conditions, particularly those with respect to changes in market interest rates, credit 
quality, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authority.  

2015 OVERVIEW  

In 2015, the Company’s net income was $4.4 million compared to $3.9 million in 2014. Amid more rigorous regulatory standards and 
an uncertain economy, the Company continues to follow its core strategic direction. Operating results reflect its commitment to 
growing loans and deposits in the markets in which it operates and in producing consistent positive earnings.  

The Company’s financial results for 2015 were affected by these notable specific factors:  

 Earnings per share for 2015 were $0.97, compared to $0.85 per share for 2014.  

 For 2015, net interest income increased 4.1% to $18.5 million, compared to $17.8 million for 2014. Net interest margin 
contracted by 2 basis points to 3.65% for the full year, compared to 3.67% for 2014. The Company continues to manage 
its balance sheet in this historically low interest rate environment in preparation for an eventual increase in interest rates.   

 Total loans increased by $34.1 million, or 9.5%, to $394.3 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $360.2 million a 

year ago.  

 Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans were 2.9% increasing from 2.6% at the end of the prior year. In spite 
of the increase in non-performing loans at quarter end, asset quality remained strong with total non-performing assets 
representing only 2.02% of total assets.  

 The Company and the Bank remained well-capitalized, with total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 15.09% and 

14.56%, respectively.  

 Reflecting the continued confidence supported by stable revenues from core operations, increasing loan production, and 

improving capital levels, the Company paid cash dividends of $0.24 per share. 

24 

 
In the midst of earnings pressures brought on by economic instability, interest rate compression and increased competition, the 
Company devoted substantial attention in 2015 and 2014 to profit improvement measures and balance sheet positioning. The 
Company’s management team continues to focus on measures designed to maintain capital and to provide for adequate liquidity for 
lending and business development purposes. New strategies are being pursued to improve market penetration and product expansion, 
with the objective of increasing both the interest income and non-interest income revenue base.  

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 was $56.7 million, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 9.3%. In 
comparison, total shareholders’ equity was $55.9 million at December 31, 2014, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 
9.8%. A component of shareholders’ equity is accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which includes the net after-tax 
impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale. Net unrealized losses on available-for-
sale investment securities, net of tax, were $147,000 at December 31, 2015, compared with net unrealized gains, net of tax, of 
$359,000 at December 31, 2014. Such unrealized gains or losses represent the difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between 
the estimated fair value and amortized cost of investment securities classified as available-for-sale.  

Return on average equity was 7.7% in 2015, compared to 7.2% in 2014, while return on average assets measured 0.8% in 2015 and 
0.7% in 2014. Book value per share increased by $0.54 to $12.87 at December 31, 2015 from $12.33 at December 31, 2014. The price 
of the Company’s common shares traded in a range between a low of $13.00 and a high of $16.00, closing the year at $15.90 per 
share.  

The Company continues to maintain capital sufficient to be deemed well capitalized under all regulatory measures. In the current 
regulatory environment, regulatory oversight bodies expect banks to maintain ratios above the statutory levels as a margin of safety.  

CERTAIN NON-GAAP MEASURES  

Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than GAAP. Specifically, certain financial measures are based on 
core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing 
operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such 
information may be useful to both investors and management and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance 
trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. 
Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non-GAAP measure of core earnings is referenced as part of management’s discussion 
and analysis of quarterly and year-to-date financial results of operations.  

Core earnings, which exclude the OTTI charge and certain other non-recurring items, were $4.4 million in 2015 compared to $3.7 
million in 2014 and $3.5 million in 2013. Core earnings per share were $0.97 in 2015, $0.83 in 2014 and $0.77 in 2013.  

The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under GAAP:  

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

GAAP earnings 
Impairment losses on investment securities (net of tax) 
Investment gains not in the ordinary course of business (net of tax) * 
Expenses relating to reorganization - (net of tax)** 
Expenses relating to curtailment of mortgage banking activities (net of tax) 
Core earnings 
Core earnings per share 

$

$
$

4,378     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
4,378     $ 
0.97     $ 

3,869    $
—     
(127)    
—     
—     
3,742    $
0.83    $

1,784 
1,290 
— 
254 
165 
3,493 
0.77 

The gains in 2014 are from the sale of securities due to the Volcker Rule.  

* 
**  Retail branch staff realignment and middle management restructure. 

Although the provision for loan losses is considered core earnings, it is worthy of note that $1.3 million of the $1.6 million provision 
in 2014 relates to a specific provision on loans to one related group of entities. 

25 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION  

The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the assets in which those 
funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets at December 31 for the periods indicated. Average assets 
totaled $568.9 million in 2015 compared to $542.5 million in 2014 and $540.5 million in 2013.  

Sources of Funds: 
Deposits: 

Non-interest bearing 
Interest bearing 

Long-term debt and other borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Other non-interest bearing liabilities 
Shareholders' equity 

Total 

Uses of Funds: 

Loans, including loans held for sale 
Securities 
Interest-earning deposits and other assets 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Partnerships and other investments 
Other non-interest earning assets 

Total 

2015 

December 31, 
2014 

2013 

17.2%   
62.7  
7.7  
0.9  
1.5  
10.0  
100.0%   

63.0%   
29.2  
1.0  
3.0  
1.0  
2.8  
100.0%   

16.8 %  
62.2   
8.6   
1.0   
1.5   
9.9   
100.0 %  

60.2 %  
32.3   
1.2   
3.0   
0.3   
3.0   
100.0 %  

15.9%
64.7  
8.2  
1.0  
1.0  
9.2  
100.0%

58.9%
33.5  
1.9  
2.7  
0.3  
2.7  
100.0%

Deposits continue to be the Company’s primary source of funding. During 2015, the relative mix of deposits has remained steady with 
interest-bearing being the main source. Average non-interest bearing deposits totaled 21.6% of total average deposits in 2015, 
compared to 21.2% in 2014 and 19.7% in 2013. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

The Company primarily invests funds in loans and securities. Prior to 2008, securities were the largest component of the Company’s 
mix of invested assets. Since then, loans have become the largest component. Average securities decreased $8.8 million, or 5.1%, to 
$166.2 million during 2015 from $175.0 million in 2014, while average loans increased by $32.0 million, or 9.8%, to $358.6 million 
during 2015 from $326.6 million in 2014.  

ASSET QUALITY  

The Company’s management regularly monitors and evaluates trends in asset quality. Loan review practices and procedures require 
detailed monthly analysis of delinquencies, nonperforming assets and other sensitive credits. Mortgage, commercial and consumer 
loans are moved to non-accrual status once they reach 90 days past due or when analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates 
the collection of interest and principal is in doubt. Non-performing loans include loans in non-accrual status, restructured loans and 
real estate acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted.  

Additionally, as part of the Company’s loan review process, management routinely evaluates risks which could potentially affect the 
ability to collect loan balances in their entirety. Reviews of individual credits, aggregate account relationships or any concentration of 
credits in particular industries are subject to a detailed loan review.  

Gross income that would have been recorded in 2015 on these nonperforming loans, had they been in compliance with their original 
terms, was $749,000. Interest income that actually was included in income on these loans amounted to $481,000. In addition to 
nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets include nonperforming investment securities. Gross income that would have been 
recorded in 2015 on nonperforming investments, had they been in compliance with their original terms, was $33,000. Interest income 
that actually was included in income on these investments amounted to $27,000. There are no accruing loans which are contractually 
past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments.  

26 

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
The following table depicts the trend in these potentially problematic asset categories:  

Non-accrual loans: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total non-accrual loans 

Investment securities 
Other real estate owned 
Troubled debt restructured loans 

Nonperforming assets 

Loans past due greater than 30 days 
   or on nonaccrual 

2015 

2014 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

$

$

$

1,196    $
2,176     
1,252     
262     
—     
4,886     
778     
61     
6,656     
12,381    $

1,824    $
2,247     
1,331     
149     
6     
5,557     
779     
40     
3,680     
10,056    $

98     $ 
1,279       
481       
72       
16       
1,946       
1,203       
33       
4,174       
7,356     $ 

49    $
2,336     
489     
72     
27     
2,973     
674     
145     
2,695     
6,487    $

70 
1,470 
842 
111 
1,073 
3,566 
1,542 
437 
1,148 
6,693 

7,242    $

8,201    $

2,176     $ 

3,248    $

4,051 

Non-accrual loans as a percentage of total loans 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of equity capital 
   plus allowance for loan losses 

2015 

2014 

December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

1.24%   
2.02%   

1.54%  
1.77%  

0.56 %     
1.32 %     

0.94%  
1.11%  

1.23%
1.29%

20.01%   

16.47%  

13.80 %     

12.16%  

13.70%

As of December 31, 2015, there were $3.1 million in loans not included in this table where known information about borrowers’ 
possible credit problems caused management to have some doubts as to the ability of these borrowers to comply with present loan 
payment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in this table.  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis ranged from a high of $5.6 million in 2014 to a low of $1.9 million in 2013. Non-accrual 
loans in 2015 of $4.9 million is higher than the average of the past five years, which is $3.8 million. The increase in non-accrual loans 
from 2013 is mainly due to loans to one related group in both the commercial and commercial real estate categories. The increase in 
residential real estate is one loan for $1.0 million. The total of all loans past due more than 30 days or on non-accrual ranged from a 
low of $2.2 million in 2013 to a high of $8.2 million in 2014. Loans charged-off, net of recoveries, was $463,000 for 2015, compared 
to $200,000 for 2014, $711,000 for 2013, $2.3 million for 2012 and $639,000 for 2011. The resulting ratios do not indicate any trends 
of concern from management’s perspective.  

Troubled-debt restructured loans are loans that have been modified when economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who 
have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. In 2015, $3.2 million in new troubled debt restructurings were 
added. There were none added in 2014 and $2.8 million in 2013. 

In 2015, the provision for loan losses was $455,000, as general economic conditions improved and the Company’s credit quality 
remained strong. In 2014, the provision for loan losses was $1.6 million, with $1.3 million of the reserve in the commercial loan 
category relating to one affiliated group. In 2013, the provision for loan losses was $650,000. Additional information regarding loans 
can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis.  

At December 31, 2015, there was $778,000 of the Company’s holdings in trust preferred securities considered to be in non-accrual 
status. The quarterly interest payments for both of its investments in trust preferred securities had been placed in “payment in kind” 
status. Payment in kind status results in a temporary delay in the payment of interest. As a result of a delay in the collection of the 
interest payments, management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment 
delays may exceed ten years. In September of 2012, the Company sold 14 of its 29 positions in trust preferred securities, 11 of which 
were in non-accrual status. In February of 2014, the Company completed the sale of 9 of the remaining 11 trust preferred securities.  

27 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
    
   
 
    
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
Analysis of Net Interest Income - Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014  

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable 
equivalent basis, net interest income measured $19.4 million for 2015 and $18.7 million for 2014. The resulting net interest margin 
was 3.65% for 2015 and 3.67% for 2014.   

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $439,000 is the product of a 4.4% year-over-year increase in 
average earning assets offset somewhat by a 10 basis point decrease in yield. The decrease in interest expense of $277,000 was a 
product of a 10 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 4.2% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net result was a 3.8% 
increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 2 basis point decrease in the Company’s net interest margin 
on a growing asset base with a different mix.  

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading decreased by $338,000, or 6.3%. 
The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $8.8 million, or 5.1%, from the levels of a year ago. The decrease in the 
average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 3 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The 
Company will continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans which generate greater yields than securities. Any reinvestment into 
the securities portfolio may serve to decrease the yield due to the current low rate environment. Additional information regarding 
investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $779,000, or 4.8%, for 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. 
A $32.0 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 9.8%, was accompanied by a 23 basis point decrease in the 
portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume is at historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits 
also drives rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis. 

Other interest income decreased by $2,000, or 9.5%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning 
deposits decreased by $756,000, or 11.3%. The yield increased by 1 basis point from 2014 to 2015. Management intends to remain 
fully invested, minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.  

Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $17.8 million, or 19.3%, while average savings 
balances decreased by $1.1 million, or 0.9%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts was 
$269,000, a $91,000 increase from last year. The yield increased 5 basis points from 2014 to 2015. Total interest paid on savings 
accounts was $67,000, which is unchanged from 2014. The average rate paid on savings accounts remained the same at 0.06%. The 
average balance of time deposit products increased by $2.6 million, or 2.0%, as the average rate paid decreased by 11 basis points, 
from 1.11% to 1.00%. Interest expense decreased on time deposits by $117,000 from the prior year. As time deposits mature, the 
balances are reinvested at the lower current rates. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company 
is experiencing a flattening on a linked quarter basis. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt decreased by $3.1 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 37 basis 
points. Management has refinanced $4.0 million of long-term borrowings at their respective 2015 maturity dates at substantially lower 
rates and continues to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. Additional information regarding FHLB Advances and 
Other Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Analysis of Net Interest Income — Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable 
equivalent basis, net interest income measured $18.7 million for 2014 and $17.4 million for 2013. The resulting net interest margin 
was 3.67% for 2014 and 3.41% for 2013.   

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $757,000 was the product of a 16 basis point increase in interest 
rates earned offset somewhat by a 0.2% year-over-year decrease in average earning assets. The decrease in interest expense of 
$520,000 was a product of an 11 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 2.4% decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net 

28 

 
result was a 7.3% increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 26 basis point increase in the Company’s 
net interest margin on a stable asset base with a different mix.  

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading increased by $644,000, or 13.6%. 
The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $6.1 million, or 3.3%, from 2013. The decrease in the average balance 
of investment securities was accompanied by a 45 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The Company will 
continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans. Any reinvestment into the securities portfolio may serve to decrease the yield due 
to the current low rate environment. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $122,000, or 0.8%, for 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. 
An $8.1 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 2.6%, was accompanied by a 8 basis point decrease in the 
portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume is at historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits 
also drives rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis. 

Other interest income decreased by $9,000, or 30.0%, from 2013. The average balance of interest-earning deposits decreased by $3.3 
million, or 33.2%. The yield increased by 2 basis points from 2013 to 2014. Management intended to remain fully invested, 
minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.  

As the Company is located in the heart of the Utica Shale geography, material deposit growth was experienced in the latter part of 
2012 as a result of customers receiving signing bonuses for the lease of mineral rights. Nearly $40 million in new deposits had been 
attributed to these bonuses. In the first half of 2013, nearly half of these funds were withdrawn by customers affecting primarily the 
time deposit category. During 2014, average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $952,000, or 
1.0%, while average savings balances decreased by $2.9 million, or 2.4%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and 
money market accounts was $178,000, a $1,000 increase from 2013. The yield did not change from 2013 to 2014. Total interest paid 
on savings accounts was $67,000, a $16,000 decrease from 2013. The average rate paid on savings accounts decreased by 1 basis 
point. The average balance of time deposit products decreased by $10.3 million, or 7.4%, as the average rate paid decreased by 20 
basis points, from 1.31% to 1.11%. Interest expense decreased on time deposits by $393,000 from 2013. Customers were opting for 
more liquid accounts versus time deposits in this low rate environment. As time deposits matured, the balances were reinvested at the 
lower current rates. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company experienced a flattening on a 
linked quarter basis. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt increased by $2.8 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 35 basis 
points. During 2014, management refinanced long-term borrowings at their respective maturity dates, taking advantage of continuing 
low rates. Management continued to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. Additional information regarding FHLB 
Advances and Other Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

29 

 
The following table provides a detailed analysis of changes in net interest income on a tax equivalent basis, identifying that portion of 
the change that is due to a change in the volume of average assets and liabilities outstanding versus that portion which is due to a 
change in the average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest due to both rate and 
volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute 
dollar amounts of the change in each.  

(Amounts in thousands) 

2015 Compared to 2014 
Rate 

Total 

Volume 

2014 Compared to 2013 

    Volume 

      Rate 

Total 

Increase (decrease) in interest income: 
Interest-earning deposits and other money markets 
Investment securities available-for-sale: 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed and related securities 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Other securities 
Trading securities 
Loans 

Total interest income change 

Increase (decrease) in interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Time deposits 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
FHLB advances - short term 
FHLB advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest expense change 
Increase (decrease) in net interest income on a 
   taxable equivalent basis 

$

(2)   $

—    $

(2)   $ 

(10 )   $ 

1    $

(9)

60     
43     
(253)    

18     
(49)    
18     
1,536     
1,371     

38     
(1)    
29     
—     
(22)    
(7)    
—     
37     

31     
(17)    
(141)    

—     
5     
(53)    
(757)    
(932)    

53     
1     
(146)    
1     
(94)    
(132)    
3     
(314)    

91      
26      
(394)     

18      
(44)     
(35)     
779      
439      

91      
0      
(117)     
1      
(116)     
(139)     
3      
(277)     

54       
330       
(128 )     

—       
(316 )     
113       
406       
449       

2       
(2 )     
(129 )     
—       
7       
(182 )     
—       
(304 )     

26     
(18)    
430     

—     
99     
54     
(284)    
308     

(1)    
(14)    
(264)    
—     
142     
(77)    
(2)    
(216)    

80 
312 
302 

— 
(217)
167 
122 
757 

1 
(16)
(393)
— 
149 
(259)
(2)
(520)

$ 1,334    $

(618)   $

716    $ 

753     $ 

524    $ 1,277   

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES, NON-INTEREST INCOME, NON-INTEREST EXPENSE & FEDERAL INCOME TAX  

During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the amount charged to operations as a provision for loan loss was adjusted to account for charge-offs 
against the allowance, as well as an increase in loan balances recorded in the portfolio, expected losses on specific problem loans and 
several qualitative factors, including factors specific to the local economy and to industries operating in the local market. The 
Company has allocated a portion of the allowance to a number of specific problem loans through 2015, but has not experienced 
significant deterioration in any loan type, including the residential real estate portfolios or the commercial real estate loan portfolio, 
and accordingly has not added any special provision for these loan types. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the provision for 
loan losses was $455,000, which was fairly close to net charge-offs of $463,000. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the provision 
for loan losses was $1.6 million, with net charge-offs of $200,000. Added to the commercial loan portfolio was $1.3 million relating to 
one affiliated group. For 2013, the provision was $650,000, with net charge-offs of $711,000, which included charge-offs of $710,000 
to which a specific reserve of $530,000 was allocated prior to the charge-offs. Provision expense levels are in recognition of loan 
growth and a changing composition of the loan portfolio as the Company takes aim at managing its balance sheet with a 
commercially-oriented focus.  

30 

 
  
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
        
        
 
    
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides a detailed analysis of non-interest income:  

Fees for customer services 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Other real estate gains (losses), net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Wealth management income 
Other non-interest income 
Non-interest income, excluding investment gains 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Trading securities (losses) gains, net 
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings 

Total non-interest income 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

2,027     $ 
785       
—       
338       
435       
260       
3,845       
75       
(11 )     
—       
3,909    $ 

2,007     $
440      
9      
336      
313      
107      
3,212      
588      
327      
—      
$

4,127 

1,935 
1,491 
(25)
324 
218 
36 
3,979 
535 
185 
(1,954)
2,745  

$

$

Total non-interest income, excluding investment gains and impairment losses, increased by $633,000, or 19.7%, for 2015 compared to 
a decrease of $767,000, or 19.3%, for 2014. After gains on investment securities and impairment losses, non-interest income 
decreased by $218,000, or 5.3%, in 2015 compared to an increase of $1.4 million, or 50.3%, in 2014.  

Fees for customer services increased by $20,000, or 1.0% in 2015, compared to an increase of $72,000, or 3.7%, in the prior year 
driven by customer transactions on deposit accounts.  

The wholesale mortgage unit, CSB Mortgage Company, which was formed in 2011 specifically as a result of strategic initiatives 
aimed at improving overall profitability, saw mortgage banking gains reach $1.5 million in 2013 and after curtailment of wholesale 
activities in late 2013, mortgage banking gains totaled $440,000 in 2014 and $785,000 in 2015 all from the retail arena. Although 
mortgage banking gains for 2013 were similar to year-ago levels, the application volume driving the revenues declined substantially in 
2013. The persistent rise in mortgage rates that began in May 2013 had caused the Company’s application volume to decline. With the 
dramatic volume decrease and the prospects for any turnaround considered improbable in the near term, the Company curtailed 
portions of its mortgage banking activities. Originations from the wholesale channel and all out-of-market retail origination were 
closed down as of September 13, 2013. In addition to the origination channels, operational staff were also severed in order to right-
size the business line with expected volume.  

Wealth management income of $435,000 was recorded in 2015, compared to $313,000 in 2014 and $218,000 in 2013. As a revenue 
diversification initiative, the Company continues to expand wealth management efforts. Advisors sell non-deposit investment products 
to customers in the Bank’s branch network through a third-party marketing and sales support provider. As assets under management 
grow, fee income paid by the third-party provider of non-deposit investment products will continue to enhance non-interest income 
revenue. The Company is partnering with another third-party provider in 2016 which will add advisory services to the revenue mix. 

Net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities decreased by $513,000 in 2015 from year ago levels. Consistent with 
the balance sheet strategy, the Company periodically reviews its investment portfolio to clean up odd-lot securities and to reduce 
interest rate risk.  Recent government programs, such as the Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP), promote prepayment 
activities in mortgage backed securities, thus cutting short the intended investment performance.  Proactively removing the securities 
with higher prepayment risk allows the Company to reinvest into securities that produce consistent cash flows. Gains in 2013 were 
offset by impairment losses of $2.0 million on investment securities which had been previously recognized as impaired and/or which 
required the Company to maintain a higher level of risk weighted assets for regulatory capital ratio purposes. As stated earlier, the 
$2.0 million in OTTI losses in 2013 were recognized on $10.5 million of trust preferred securities, a form of collateralized debt 
obligations. The trust preferred securities were among those considered disallowed under the revised final Volcker Rule, which 
originated from the Dodd-Frank Act. The inability to hold these securities precipitated the loss recognition at December 31, 2013. In 
February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments along with one other permissible holding. 
This resulted in a gain of approximately $200,000. Trading securities gains decreased by $338,000, reflective of the decline in the 
secondary market activity for municipal securities in which the trading account operated. The trading account was initiated in the 
second quarter of 2013. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

31 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table provides a summary of non-interest expenses:  

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy and equipment expense 
State and local taxes 
FDIC insurance expense 
Professional fees 
Advertising and marketing expenses 
Other non-interest expense 

Total non-interest expenses 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

$

$

9,311     $ 
2,019       
389       
304       
830       
454       
3,056       
16,363     $ 

9,147    $
1,912     
341     
309     
815     
277     
2,698     
15,499    $

9,844 
1,896 
555 
391 
806 
240 
3,147 
16,879 

Total non-interest expenses increased by $864,000, or 5.6%, in 2015. This compares to a decrease of $1.4 million, or 8.2%, in 2014.  

During 2015, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $164,000, or 1.8%, and in 2014 decreased by $697,000, or 
7.1%. Full-time equivalent employment averaged 152 in 2015 compared to 153 in 2014 and 164 in 2013.  

Salaries and employee benefits represent 56.9% of all non-interest expenses in 2015, 59.0% in 2014 and 58.3% in 2013. The 
following table details components of these increases and decreases.  

Salaries 
Employee benefits 

Deferred loan origination costs 

Total 

Amounts (in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

2015 

Percentages 
December 31, 
2014 

$ 

$ 

176  $
132 
308 
(144)  
164  $

(550) $
(164)  
(714)  
17 
(697) $

954 
270 
1,224 

(86)  

1,138 

2.5 %     
5.7   
3.3   
67.3   
1.8 %     

(7.2)%   
(6.7) 
(7.1) 
(7.4) 
(7.1)%   

2013 

14.3%
12.3  
13.8  
59.3  
13.1%

Salary expense per employee averaged $48,000 in 2015 and $46,000 in 2014 and 2013. Average earning assets per employee 
measured approximately $3.5 million in 2015 and $3.3 million in 2014 and $3.1 million in 2013.  

Charges for insurance premiums paid to the FDIC remained stable. Deposits are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which 
is generally $250,000 per depositor subject to aggregation rules. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit 
insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The Company anticipates its FDIC insurance expense will remain consistent in 2016.  

State and local taxes increased by $48,000, or 14.1%, in 2015, compared to a decrease of $214,000, or 38.6%, in 2014. The decrease 
in 2014 was due to a rate reduction in state tax. Advertising and marketing expenses increased by $177,000, or 63.9%, from 2014 to 
2015 compared to an increase of $37,000, or 15.4%, from 2013 to 2014. The increase in 2015 is due to the initiative to rebrand the 
Bank, advertising and promoting the new Kasasa product and promoting the opening of the full service branch. All other categories of 
non-interest expenses increased $480,000, or 8.8%, in 2015 compared to a decrease of $387,000, or 6.4%, in 2014. These expense 
categories are subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items. Contributing to increased expenses in 2015 were the opening of two 
financial service centers and a new full-service branch in Mahoning County and continued investment into information technology 
relative to improved security monitoring, improved operational performance and enhanced customer account analysis. The majority of 
these decreases in 2014 relate to the expenses incurred by the mortgage banking operation prior to 2014 in the form of professional 
fees, third-party consulting fees and compliance-related costs and $229,000 of costs to exit the wholesale mortgage banking channel 
and reducing mortgage operations late in the third quarter of 2013. Also, $164,000 in costs were incurred in the closing of the 
Middlefield branch in late 2013.  

Income before federal income tax expense amounted to $5.6 million for 2015, compared to $4.8 million and $1.9 million for 2014 and 
2013, respectively. The effective tax rate was 21.8% in 2015, 18.9% in 2014 and 4.7% in 2013, resulting in income tax expense of 
$1.2 million in 2015, $902,000 in 2014 and $88,000 in 2013. The impairment loss caused the reduced effective rate in 2013. 

32 

 
  
 
 
  
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
The effective federal income tax rate varies from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 34% due to the following 
differences: 

Provision at statutory rate 
(Deduct) add tax effects of: 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net 
Non-taxable interest income 
Low income housing tax credits 
Non-deductible expenses 
Federal income tax effective rate 

2015 

December 31, 
2014 

2013 

34.00%     

34.00%  

34.00%

(2.05)      
(10.72)      
(0.97)      
1.52  
21.78%     

(2.39) 
(12.75) 
(1.09) 
1.14  
18.91%  

(5.90) 
(26.96) 
0.67  
2.89  
4.70%

Net income registered $4.4 million in 2015, $3.9 million in 2014 and $1.8 million in 2013, representing per share amounts of $0.97 in 
2015, $0.85 in 2014 and $0.39 in 2013. Cash dividends of $0.24, $0.18 and $0.12 per share were paid to shareholders of record in 
2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

The following table shows unaudited financial results by quarter:  

For the 2015 quarter ended: 

For the 2014 quarter ended: 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 

Loan loss provision 
Security gains (losses), net 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Other income 
Other expenses 

Income before tax 

Federal income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income per share 
Net interest income (fully tax-equivalent 
   basis) 
Net interest rate spread 
Net interest margin 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Sept. 30    

679   
   4,716   
65   
47   
149   
754   
   4,192   
   1,409   
323   

Dec. 31    
June 30     Mar. 31    
$  5,395    $ 5,295   $ 5,206   $ 5,217  
648  
631  
  4,569  
  4,575  
160  
130  
8  
(38)
185  
160  
862  
736  
  3,994  
  4,187  
  1,470  
  1,116  
200  
321  
916   $ 1,149  
0.25  
0.21   $

649  
  4,646  
100  
47  
291  
708  
  3,990  
  1,602  
375  

$  1,086    $ 1,227   $
0.27   $
$  0.24    $

$  4,927    $ 4,868   $ 4,799   $ 4,794  

3.48 %  
3.63 %  

3.51%  
3.67%  

3.51%  
3.66%  

688       

  Sept. 30    

     1,150       
397       
156       
742       

   Dec. 31    
  June 30     Mar. 31   
   $ 5,222     $  5,103     $ 5,123   $5,217  
744  
726      
726  
  4,473  
  4,534        4,377       4,397  
150  
150  
319  
141  
81  
117  
651  
689  
  3,623  
     4,115        3,852       3,909  
  1,751  
564        1,171       1,285  
216      
21       
419  
246  
955     $ 1,039   $1,332  
543     $ 
0.23   $ 0.29  
0.12     $  0.21     $

188      
58      
86      
690      

$
   $

   $ 4,755     $  4,602     $ 4,627   $4,688  
3.50%   3.53%
3.47 %   
3.68%   3.70%
3.64 %   

3.51 %    
3.68 %    

3.51%    
3.66%    

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents 
management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, with the 
judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses on risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the 
methodology to establish the amount of the allowance is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, 
specific homogeneous risk pools, and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s 
process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it 
occurs.  

The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances on probable losses 
on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar 
characteristics and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk 
factors both internal and external to the Company.  

33 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
    
  
      
         
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
 
The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on recurring analyses and evaluations of classified loans. 
Loans are categorized into risk grade classifications based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: 
(i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the 
borrower operates. The Bank currently divides the loan and lease portfolio into the following major categories: 1) Pooled Loans 
(unclassified) with similar risk characteristics; 2) Substandard Loans (classified) defined as being inadequately protected by current 
sound net worth, paying capacity of the borrower, or pledged collateral; 3) Special Mention (classified) defined as having potential 
weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result 
in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the Bank’s credit position; 4) Loss or doubtful loans (classified) have 
all the weaknesses of the previous classifications, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in 
full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable; and 5) Impaired Loans which 
generally include non-accrual loans. Once a loan is assigned a risk grade of classified, the loan review officer assesses whether the 
loan is to be evaluated for impairment based on the Company policy. A portion of the allowance for loan loss is specifically allocated 
to those loans which are evaluated for impairment and determined to be impaired. Specific valuation allowances are determined by 
analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic 
conditions affecting the borrower’s industry, among other things. If after review, the loan is not considered to be impaired, the loan is 
included with a pool of similar loans that is assigned a valuation allowance calculated based on the historical loss experience and 
qualitative factors of the pool type. The valuation allowance is calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of 
classified loans. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of 
actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are updated quarterly based on 
actual charge-off experience.  

A general valuation allowance is established for pools of homogeneous loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio 
adjusted for qualitative factors and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. Specific qualitative factors considered by 
management include trends in volume or terms, changes in lending policy levels and trends in charge-offs, classification and non-
accrual loans, concentrations of credit and local and national economic factors. The Company’s pools of similar loans include 
similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, home equity loans and 
other consumer loans. Additional factors are used on pools of loans considered special mention; specifically, levels and trends in 
classification, declining trends in financial performance, structure and lack of performance measures and migration from special 
mention to substandard. For loans graded as substandard, a separate historical loss rate is calculated as a percent of charge-offs net of 
recoveries to the balance of substandard loans, which results in a higher historical loss factor. This is also adjusted for the qualitative 
factors discussed previously.  

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged off. Furthermore, consumer loan 
accounts are charged off in accordance with regulatory requirements.  

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other non-interest expenses. At both December 31, 2015 and 2014, this 
allowance was $84,000.  

Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in 
management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate 
adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the 
Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.  

Although management believes the Company uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance determinations, future 
adjustments could be necessary if circumstances or economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making our 
initial determinations. Increased levels of job loss and high unemployment, home foreclosures and business failures could result in 
increased levels of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, increased loan loss provisions and reductions in income. Additionally, as an 
integral part of their examination process, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The banking 
agencies could require the recognition of additions to the loan loss allowance based on their judgment of information available to them 
at the time of their examination.  

34 

 
The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the period ended: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Loan losses: 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

Recoveries on previous loan losses: 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

2015 

2014 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

$

5,202  

 $

3,764    $

3,825      $ 

3,058    $

2,501  

(470)    
(84)    
(45)    
—  
(124)    
(723)    

134  
10  
37  
17  
62  
260  
(463)    
455  
 $
5,194  
0.13%  
1.32%  

(123)    
(186)    
(93)    
(48)    
(144)    
(594)    

(1 )      
(782 )      
(81 )      
(12 )      
(146 )      
(1,022 )      

(1,937)    
(36)    
(231)    
(59)    
(152)    
(2,415)    

274     
3     
16     
24     
77     
394     
(200)    
1,638     
5,202    $
0.06%  
1.44%  

167        
11        
26        
18        
89        
311        
(711 )      
650        
3,764      $ 
0.23 %     
1.09 %     

9     
37     
46     
13  
57     
162     
(2,253)    
3,020     
3,825    $
0.78%  
1.21%  

—  
(211) 
(362) 
(91) 
(168) 
(832) 

3  
118  
6  
6  
60  
193  
(639) 
1,196  
3,058  
0.24%
1.06%

Net loan losses 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of year 
Ratio of net loan losses to average total loans outstanding 
Ratio of loan loss allowance to total loans 

$

The $470,000 commercial real estate charge-off in 2015 contains a $468,000 charge-off to an isolated credit relationship that already 
had a specific reserve in place. The $782,000 commercial real estate charge-off in 2013 contains $710,000 in charge-offs to a single 
borrower which had $530,000 in a related specific allowance prior to the charge-off. The $1.9 million commercial loan charge-off in 
2012 related to a single borrower to which no related allowance had been previously allocated.  

The following is an allocation of the year end allowance for loan losses. The allowance has been allocated according to the amount 
deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the following categories of loans as of:  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

2015 

2014 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

$

$

1,977    $
2,926     
153     
52     
86     
5,194    $

2,064    $
2,754     
229     
60     
95     
5,202    $

593     $ 
2,638       
356       
88       
89       
3,764     $ 

639    $
2,616     
343     
123     
104     
3,825    $

565 
1,803 
470 
128 
92 
3,058   

The allocations of the allowance as shown in the previous table should not be interpreted as an indication that future loan losses will 
occur in the same proportions or that the allocations indicate future loan loss trends. Furthermore, the portion allocated to each loan 
category is not the total amount available for future losses that might occur within such categories since the total allowance is 
applicable to the entire portfolio, and allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude availability to 
absorb losses in other categories. 

35 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
        
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
     
        
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO  

The following table represents the composition of the loan portfolio as of:  

2015 

2014 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

Balance 

      % 

      Balance 

% 

Balance 

% 

Balance 

      % 

     Balance 

% 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

$  84,613        21.5     $  72,330      20.1    $ 73,643      21.2    $ 62,312        19.6     $ 60,233      20.8 
  237,137        60.1       223,536      62.1      206,744      59.6      193,417        61.1       160,319      55.5 
   45,414        11.5        38,875      10.8      42,288      12.2      39,091        12.3       45,780      15.8 
5.9 
   23,334        5.9        21,328     
2.0 
4,116     

5.6      17,910        5.6       16,916     
5,848     
1.4     

5.9      19,510     
4,648     
1.1     

4,552        1.4      

3,756        1.0       

Total loans 

$ 394,254         

    $ 360,185        

    $346,833        

    $317,282         

    $289,096        

The following schedule sets forth maturities based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal or next re-pricing opportunity for 
loans (excluding residential real estate, consumer- home equity and consumer-other).  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total loans 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

1 Year or Less 

$

$

57,143    $
92,435     
149,578    $

Over 1 Year 
to 5 Years 

      Over 5 Years 

Total 

15,157     $ 
96,389       
111,546     $ 

12,313    $
48,313     
60,626    $

84,613 
237,137 
321,750   

The following schedule sets forth loans based on next re-pricing opportunity for floating and adjustable interest rate products, and by 
remaining scheduled principal payments for loan products with fixed rates of interest. Residential real estate, consumer - home equity 
and consumer – other loans have again been excluded.  

Floating or adjustable rates of interest 
Fixed rates of interest 

Total loans 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 
   Over 1 Year 

1 Year or Less    
$

145,026      $ 
4,552        
149,578      $ 

$

105,493     $
66,679      
172,172     $

Total 
250,519 
71,231 
321,750   

The Company recorded an increase of $34.1 million in the loan portfolio in 2015 from the level of $360.2 million recorded at 
December 31, 2014. Gross loans as a percentage of earning assets stood at 69.1% as of December 31, 2015 and 67.3% at 
December 31, 2014. The loan-to-deposit ratio at December 31, 2015 was 79.4% as compared to 78.9% at December 31, 2014. Despite 
the slow economic recovery in the region, the Bank posted year-over-year growth in total loans of 9.5%. As the balance sheet is 
adequately structured to accommodate additional loan growth, management remains committed to fulfilling the credit needs of 
creditworthy customers. Included in year-end total loans are 90-day or less loans closed in December 2015 for $24.2 million, 
compared to $22.6 million in 2014. At December 31, 2015 the loan loss allowance of $5.2 million represented approximately 1.3% of 
outstanding loans, and at December 31, 2014, the loan loss allowance of $5.2 million represented approximately 1.4% of outstanding 
loans. 

The portion of the loan portfolio represented by commercial loans (including commercial real estate) remained about the same from 
82.2% in 2014 to 81.6% in 2015. Consumer loans (including home equity loans) were approximately 6.9% of the loan portfolio in 
2015 and 7.0% in 2014 as the Bank remains challenged in growing these portfolios with consumers deleveraging their household since 
the economic downturn of 2008-2009. Between 2014 and 2015, the balance of residential real estate loans increased slightly from 
10.8% to 11.5% of the loan portfolio as the bank placed quality, non-secondary market qualified and construction loans in the 
portfolio. The banks overwhelming majority of mortgage originations are sold to the secondary market in order to take advantage of 
historically low interest rates as management does not look to take on material long term interest rate risk within the portfolio yields.  

Commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans continue to comprise the largest share of the Company’s loan 
portfolio. At the end of 2015, commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans comprised a combined 93.1% of the 
portfolio compared to 92.1% at December 31, 2011. The loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 also included home equity loans at 5.9% 
and consumer installment loans at 1.0%. These percentages compare to home equity loans at 5.9% and consumer installment loans at 
2.0% on December 31, 2011.  

36 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The commercial loan portfolio, which includes both commercial and commercial real estate (CRE) loans, is $321.8 million at 
December 31, 2015, an increase of $25.9 million from the balance of $259.9 million recorded at December 31, 2014, and represents a 
8.7% growth. Short-term, asset-based commercial loans, including lines of credit, decreased slightly during the year. CRE loans 
increased $13.6 million, or 6.1%, which substantially represents investment real estate supported by third-party rents and leases along 
with other known bank concentrations such as Skilled Nursing and Hotels that are classified as non-owner occupied CRE. At 
December 31, 2015, the total CRE portfolio consisted of 28.4% in owner-occupied real estate and 71.6% in non-owner occupied real 
estate. The increase in CRE loans was a direct result of management taking strategic advantage of competitive market conditions and 
the Bank’s considerable liquidity position. The CRE portfolio was also enhanced by lending into the Skilled Nursing and Personal 
Health Care industries. In 2006, the federal banking regulatory agencies published interagency guidance on CRE Concentration Risk 
Management stating that if total commercial real estate concentration exceeded 300% of a bank’s total capital (or if the CRE portfolio 
increased by over 50% in the preceding 3 years), the portfolio may represent significant concentration risk and additional monitoring 
may be required. The Bank’s CRE concentration, excluding owner-occupied real estate, as of December 31, 2015 was $169.9 million, 
which is 264.0% of total unimpaired or risk-based capital, compared to 246.6% for 2014. Management believes that its current level of 
credit review, portfolio monitoring and stress testing adequately assures that the Bank is mitigating CRE concentration levels. In a 
strategic effort to diversify, the Bank continues to develop its commercial loans and, as such, the December 31, 2015 balance of $84.6 
million represents 26.3% of the total commercial loan portfolio, which reflected a 1.9% increase from the period December 31, 2014 
to December 31, 2015. However, excluding the year-end, 90-day or less, cash-secured loans that were increased by $1.6 million from 
2014 to 2015, the core commercial loan portfolio grew by $10.7 million, or 21.5%, from 2014 to 2015. In addition, residential loans 
grew by $6.5 million, or 16.5%, for the same period. 

Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product 
incentives and marketing efforts. When necessary, management will continue to offer competitive fixed-rate and derivative pricing 
options on commercial real estate products to qualifying customers in an effort to establish new business relationships, retain existing 
relationships, and capture additional market share. The Bank’s lending function continues to provide business services to a wide array 
of medium and small businesses, including but not limited to, commercial and industrial accounts such as health care facilities, 
grocery stores, manufacturers, trucking companies, physicians and medical groups, service contractors, restaurants, hospitality 
industry companies, retailers, wholesalers, educational institutions and other political subdivisions as well as commercial and 
residential real estate builders.  

Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product 
incentives and marketing efforts. When necessary, management will continue to offer competitive fixed-rate commercial real estate 
products to qualifying customers in an effort to establish new business relationships, retain existing relationships, and capture 
additional market share. The Bank’s lending function continues to provide business services to a wide array of medium and small 
businesses, including but not limited to, commercial and industrial accounts such as health care facilities, grocery stores, 
manufacturers, trucking companies, physicians and medical groups, service contractors, restaurants, hospitality industry companies, 
retailers, wholesalers, educational institutions and other political subdivisions as well as commercial and residential real estate 
builders.  

Commercial and small business loans are originated by commercial loan personnel and other loan personnel assigned to the Bank’s 
offices within various geographical regions. These loans are all processed in accordance with established business loan underwriting 
standards and practices.  

The following table provides an overview of commercial loans by various business sectors reflecting the areas of largest 
concentration. It should be noted that these are current loan balances including executed commitments to fund and do not reflect 
existing commitments that have not been accepted or executed.  

Non-residential building/apartment building 
Skilled nursing 
Hotels/motels 
Trucking/courier services 
Residential real estate lessors, agents and 
   managers 

2015 

Balances 

$  65,308      
36,119      
29,215      
19,941      

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

% of 
Portfolio 

Balances 

% of 
Portfolio 

Balances 

% of 
Portfolio 

20.30     $
11.23      
9.08      
6.20      

56,731      
30,239      
31,151      
15,670      

19.17      $  51,396      
30,589      
10.22        
24,745      
10.53        
13,934      
5.30        

18.33 
10.91 
8.83 
4.97 

16,032 

4.98      

14,245 

4.81        

4,398 

1.57   

37 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
     
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
The most substantial increase in concentrations since 2013 comes from non-residential building/apartment building. The single largest 
customer relationship had an aggregate balance at year end 2015 of $9.7 million compared to $11.4 million in 2014. This balance 
represented approximately 2.8% of the total commercial and CRE portfolio in 2015 and 3.9% in 2014. It is important to note that 
within this relationship, there is a 90-day or less note for $6.2 million in 2015 and $10.5 million in 2014, which were fully secured by 
segregated deposit accounts with the Bank at the time of origination. 

Throughout 2015, the price of oil has declined significantly. This occurrence has negatively affected several industries, particularly 
those whose revenues are derived from oil and oil-related products. The Company has reviewed its borrowers to identify and measure 
any potential credit losses relating to oil. Nothing of significance was noted and no additional provisions are considered necessary. 

The Bank continues to be active in home equity financing. Home equity term loans and credit lines (HELOCs) remain popular with 
consumers wishing to finance home improvement costs, education expenses, vacations and consumer goods purchased at favorable 
interest rates. In order to improve customer retention and provide better overall balance, management will continue to evaluate and 
reposition the Company’s portfolio product offerings during 2016.  

In the consumer lending area, the Company provides financing for a variety of consumer purchases, such as: fixed- and variable-rate 
amortizing mortgage products that consumers utilize for home improvements; the purchase of consumer goods of all types; and 
education, travel and other personal expenditures. The consolidation of credit card balances and other existing debt into term payouts 
continues to remain a popular financing option among consumers. 

Additional information regarding the loan portfolio can be found in Item 8, Notes 1, 3, 8, 11 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

MORTGAGE BANKING  

In late 2011, the Company implemented a wholesale mortgage operation serviced through CSB. During 2013 and 2012, management 
capitalized on the expertise of CSB’s newly hired personnel to substantially increase loans sold on the secondary market. The 
persistent rise in mortgage rates that began in May 2013 caused the Company’s application volume to decline from $82.9 million and 
$94.2 million for the first and second quarters of 2013 to $42.7 million in the third quarter of 2013, compared to $123.9 million for the 
same quarter of 2012. With the dramatic volume decrease and the prospects for any turnaround considered improbable in the near 
term, the Company curtailed portions of its mortgage banking activities. Originations from the wholesale channel and all out-of-
market retail originations were closed down as of September 13, 2013. In addition to the origination channels, operational staff were 
also severed in order to right-size the business line with expected volume. 

Currently, the Company is not retaining the servicing on loans sold. Although the Company’s primary strategy is to sell long-term 
residential mortgages, loans are occasionally retained in the portfolio when requested by a customer or to enhance account 
relationships, and tend to be variable rate or shorter term. The mix of portfolio retained to those sold to investors will vary from year 
to year. The Company has shifted to a retail based volume versus the wholesale channel.  

The Company maintains reserves for mortgage loans sold to agencies and investors in the event that, either through error or 
disagreement between the parties, the Company is required to indemnify the purchase. The reserves take into consideration risks 
associated with underwriting, key factors in the mortgage industry, loans with specific reserve requirements, past due loans and 
potential indemnification by the Company. Reserves are estimated based on consideration of factors in the mortgage industry, such as 
declining collateral values and rising levels of delinquency, default and foreclosure, coupled with increased incidents of quality 
reviews at all levels of the mortgage industry seeking justification for pushing back losses to loan originators and wholesalers. As of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had reserves for mortgage loans sold of $719,000 and $700,000, respectively. For both 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $19,000 in provision expense related to potential 
repurchase and warranties exposure. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not repurchase any mortgage 
loans sold.  

INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

Investment securities are segregated into three separate portfolios: available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and trading. Each portfolio type 
has its own method of accounting. The Company currently does not maintain a held-to-maturity portfolio. Securities classified as 
available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons even though management has 
no present intentions to do so. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value using the specific identification method. Changes 
in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded net of tax effect as a component of comprehensive 
income.  

38 

 
Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at historical cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. 
Securities designated by the Company as held-to-maturity tend to be higher yielding but less liquid either due to maturity, size or other 
characteristics of the issue. The Company must have both the intent and the ability to hold such securities to maturity.  

Trading securities are currently an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and a short duration bond fund. 
Management has purchased these securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading securities are carried 
at fair value with valuation adjustments included in other non-interest income.  

Securities the Company has designated as available-for-sale may be sold prior to maturity in order to fund loan demand, to adjust for 
interest rate sensitivity, to reallocate bank resources or to reposition the portfolio to reflect changing economic conditions and shifts in 
the relative values of market sectors. Available-for-sale securities tend to be more liquid investments and generally exhibit less price 
volatility as interest rates fluctuate.  

Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes 
criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the 
loss in value is other-than-temporary. The OTTI is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the 
prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value 
equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be an OTTI, the credit-related 
OTTI is recognized in earnings while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other 
comprehensive income (loss).  

The following table shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities by type of obligation at:  

U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related securities 
Trust preferred securities 
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock 
Total fair value of investment securities available-for-sale 

Impairment Analysis of Investment Securities  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2015 

12,623      $ 
51,405        
86,046        
778        
3,049        
 $ 

153,901   

8,749     $
50,091      
99,579      
779      
3,049      
$

162,247 

$

$

2013 

9,059 
43,535 
95,107 
10,136 
3,049 
160,886   

Item 8, Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains the accounting and disclosures for securities 
impairment.  

Fair Value  

The Company owns two trust preferred securities totaling $2.0 million (original face) consisting of obligations of banks, thrifts and 
insurance companies. The market for these securities at December 31, 2015 is not fully active and markets for similar securities are 
also not completely active. Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and 
new issue markets, the Company determined the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable 
for purposes of determining fair value at December 31, 2015. It was decided that an income valuation approach technique (present 
value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs would be more 
representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008.  

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred securities valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process:  

1.  Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 

levels).  

2.  Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 

other banks).  

3.  Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 

resulting distribution among the securities.  

4.  Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.  

39 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 10.26% to 14.12% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred securities and the prepayment 
assumptions.  

Based upon the results of the analysis, the Company currently believes that a weighted average price of approximately $0.44 per $1.00 
of par value is representative of the fair value of the two trust preferred securities, with individual securities therein ranging from 
$0.43 to $0.45. 

The Company considered all information available as of December 31, 2015 to estimate the impairment and resulting fair value of the 
trust preferred securities. These securities are supported by a number of banks and insurance companies located throughout the 
country. While the number of bank failures has declined since the historically high failure rates of 2009, 2010 and 2011, there is still 
the potential for troubled banks to fail. The Company did not recognize any credit related impairment during 2015 or 2014. If the 
conditions of the underlying banks in the trust preferred securities worsen, there may be additional impairment to recognize in 2016 or 
later.   

A summary of securities held at December 31, 2015, classified according to the earlier of next re-pricing or the maturity date and the 
weighted average yield for each range of maturities, is set forth below. Fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities are classified by their 
estimated contractual cash flow, adjusted for current prepayment assumptions. Actual maturities may differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  

U.S. Government agencies and corporations: 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total U.S. Government agencies and corporations 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities: 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities 

Other securities (2): 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total other securities 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Yield (1)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—  
2,988  
9,635  
—  
12,623  

—  
1,828  
12,599  
36,978  
51,405  

—  
562  
—  
85,484  
86,046  

778  
—  
—  
3,049  
3,827  

—%
2.510  
2.629  
—  
2.601%

—%
5.865  
4.546  
4.331  
4.438%

—%
0.211  
—  
2.134  
2.122%

0.606%
—  
—  
—  
0.123%

(1)  The weighted-average yield has been computed by dividing the total interest income adjusted for amortization of premium or 

accretion of discount over the life of the security by the amortized cost of the securities outstanding. The weighted-average yield 
of tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions has been calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The amount 
of adjustment to interest, which is based on the statutory tax rate of 34%, was $858,000.  

(2)  Regulatory stock is included in the amount maturing or repricing after ten years, and although pays dividends, is not 

contractually obligated.  

40 

 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015, there were $8.8 million in callable U.S. Government agency securities and $3.3 million in callable 
obligations of states and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, have the possibility of being 
called within the one-year time horizon. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with none classified 
as maturing or repricing within one year, $261,000 classified as maturing after one year but within five years, $10.9 million classified 
as maturing after five years but within ten years and $935,000 classified as maturing after 10 years.  

As of December 31, 2015, there were no callable U.S. Government agency securities and $28.0 million in callable obligations of states 
and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, have the possibility of being called within the 
time frame defined as after one year but within five years. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, 
with $1.2 million maturing after one year but within five years, $8.1 million maturing after five years but within ten years and $18.7 
million maturing after 10 years.  

As of December 31, 2015, the carrying value of all investment securities totaled $153.9 million, a decrease of $8.3 million, or 5.1%, 
from the prior year. The Bank’s management elected to reallocate some of the proceeds from called and paid-down securities that 
were realized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, by utilizing the available liquidity, the Bank was able 
to fund commercial loan growth. The investment portfolio represents 31.0% of each deposit dollar, down from 35.5% at the prior year 
end. The allocation between single maturity investment securities and mortgage-backed securities shifted to a 45/55 split versus the 
39/61 division of the previous year.  

Holdings of obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations increased by $4.0 million, or 46.0%. The increase was due to 
purchases of $9.8 million offset by calls of $6.4 million.  

Holdings of U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities decreased by $15.9 million, or 18.6%. This decrease was 
primarily the result of principal paydowns of $14.3 million.  

Holdings of U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools increased $2.8 million with the purchase of a small 
business administration pool. Last year, there were none of these holdings.  

Holdings of other securities remained relatively unchanged during the year.  

The mix of mortgage-backed and related securities remained weighted in favor of fixed-rate securities in 2015, and accordingly, the 
portion of the mortgage-backed portfolio allocated to fixed-rate securities increased slightly from 96.8% to 98.8% in the current year. 
Floating-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities provide some degree of protection against rising interest rates, while 
fixed-rate securities perform better in periods of stable-to-slightly-declining interest rates. Included in the mortgage-backed securities 
and related portfolio are investments in collateralized mortgage obligations, which totaled $13.5 million and $14.0 million at 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools which totaled $2.8 
million in 2015 and was zero in 2014. 

At December 31, 2015, a net unrealized loss of $147,000, net of tax, was included in shareholders’ equity as a component of other 
comprehensive income, as compared to a net unrealized gain of $359,000, net of tax, as of December 31, 2014. Lower interest rates 
generally translate into more favorable market prices for debt securities; conversely, rising interest rates generally result in 
depreciation in the market value of debt securities.  

The Company has $778,000 in investments considered to be structured notes as of December 31, 2015, relatively unchanged 
compared to $779,000 from one year ago. The Company has no investments in other derivative products.  

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

DEPOSITS  

The Company’s deposits are primarily derived from the individuals and businesses located in its market area. Total deposits at year-
end exhibited an increase of 8.7% to $496.4 million at December 31, 2015, as compared to $456.8 million at December 31, 2014.  

The Company’s deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Noninterest-bearing 
deposits increased 14.2% during 2015, while interest-bearing deposits increased by 7.2%.  

At December 31, 2015, noninterest-bearing deposits were $108.1 million, or 21.8%, compared to $94.7 million or 20.1% of total 
deposits in 2014.  

41 

 
Core deposits, which are deposits exclusive of certificates of deposit greater than $250,000, represented 93.4% of total deposits at 
year-end 2015 compared to 91.7% in 2014.  

The Company’s portfolio of certificates of deposit is sourced primarily from customers in the Bank’s immediate market area and 
includes an insignificant amount of brokered deposits.  

Average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts now comprise 29.5% of total deposits compared to 24.2% five 
years ago. The largest shift, however, is the decline in CD balances of 11.6%. This is reflective of the unwillingness of customers to 
commit to longer terms in the low interest rate environment, and the expectation of rising rates on the horizon. The following table 
depicts how the deposit mix has shifted during this five-year time frame.  

Checking 
NOW 
Money market 
Savings 
CDs 

(In percentages) 
December 31, 

2015 

2011 

21.6     
7.9     
16.3     
25.0     
29.2     

16.8 
7.4 
11.2 
23.8 
40.8   

Additional information regarding interest-bearing deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  

Premises and equipment totaled $9.2 million at December 31, 2015, an increase of $1.5 million from $7.7 million at December 31, 
2013. The increase is mainly due to construction of a new branch in Canfield, Ohio in Mahoning County. Bank-owned life insurance 
had a cash surrender value of $17.3 million at December 31, 2015 and $17.0 million at December 31, 2014. The Company purchased 
$1.6 million in bank-owned life insurance in 2014 and $714,000 in 2013 as part of its funding of executive post-retirement benefits. 
Other assets increased to $12.3 million at December 31, 2015 from $8.0 million at December 31, 2014. Net deferred tax assets 
measured $3.3 million at December 31, 2015 comparable to $3.4 million at December 31, 2014. Federal income tax receivable of 
$330,000 and $70,000 was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

In 2015, a $3.6 million investment in a partnership fund is included in other assets and $1.7 million at 2014 with an offsetting $2.4 
million in other liabilities at 2015 and $810,000 in 2014, which is the commitment to fund this affordable housing investment. Also, 
an investment of $2.0 million into a pooled fund of small business administration loans was an addition to other assets. Both of these 
investments are intended to satisfy Community Reinvestment Act requirements.  

Other liabilities measured $9.7 million at December 31, 2015 and $6.4 million at December 31, 2014. The increase from December 
31, 2014 is due to a $1.5 million increase in the commitment to fund the affordable housing partnership fund previously described. In 
2015, there was a $1.0 million balance in securities to settle on investment purchases, with none at December 31, 2014. Other major 
components are accrued interest on deposits and borrowings which measured $248,000 and $290,000 in 2015 and 2014. Accrued 
expenses measured $3.9 million at December 31, 2015 and $3.6 million at December 31, 2014. Post-retirement benefits is the largest 
accrued expense item, which measured $2.8 million at December 31, 2015 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2014.  

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT  

The Company’s executive management and Board of Directors routinely review the Company’s balance sheet structure for stability, 
liquidity and capital adequacy. The Company has defined a set of key control parameters which provide various measures of the 
Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company’s asset-liability management goal is to produce a net interest margin 
that is relatively stable despite interest rate volatility, while maintaining an acceptable level of earnings. Net interest income is the 
difference between total interest earned on a fully taxable equivalent basis and total interest expensed. The net interest margin ratio 
expresses this difference as a percentage of average earning assets. In the past five years, the net interest margin has averaged 3.61% 
ranging between 3.41% and 3.72% as depicted in the following table.  

Net interest margin 

2015 

2014 

(In percentages) 
December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

3.65 

3.67 

3.41   

3.58 

3.72

42 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Included among the various measurement techniques used by the Company to identify and manage exposure to changing interest rates 
is the use of computer-based simulation models. Computerized simulation techniques enable the Company to explore and measure net 
interest income volatility under alternative asset deployment strategies, different interest rate environments, various product offerings 
and changing growth patterns.  

During 2015, the effective maturities of earning assets remained fairly stable as rates in the credit markets remained extremely low. 
Federal Reserve policy makers kept the short-term rates in the range of 0.00% to 0.50% during all of 2015 in an attempt to ease strains 
in the financial market, stimulate spending and help improve the recovery. The quarter point tightening in December 2015 is not 
expected to affect markets significantly. During the year, management invested the excess funds, with an allocation towards municipal 
bonds for yield, and mortgage-backed securities for cash flow. 

The computerized simulation techniques utilized by management provide a more sophisticated measure of the degree to which the 
Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities may be impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates. These analyses 
show the Company’s net interest income remaining relatively neutral within the economic and interest rate scenarios anticipated by 
management. As previously noted, the Company’s net interest margin has remained in the range of 3.41% to 3.72% over the past five 
years, a period characterized by significant shifts in the mix of earning assets and the direction and level of interest rates. The targeted 
Federal funds rate during that period ranged from a low of 0.00% to 0.50%, as Federal Reserve monetary policy turned from guarding 
against deflation to warding off inflationary threats to attempting to recover from a recession and softening the effects of the housing 
correction.  

LIQUIDITY  

The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction 
requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion 
against unforeseen liquidity needs.  

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Company may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments or may 
become unduly reliant on alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the ability 
to fund balance sheet growth and meet deposit and debt obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner. Management monitors 
liquidity through a regular review of asset and liability maturities, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts. The Company 
maintains strategic and contingency liquidity plans to ensure sufficient available funding to satisfy requirements for balance sheet 
growth, properly manage capital markets funding sources and address unexpected liquidity requirements.  

Principal sources of liquidity available to the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as interest-bearing deposits in 
other banks, federal funds sold, and cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of loans, 
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities.  

Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and small business administration pools, 
along with investment securities maturing or called amounted to $23.7 million during 2015, representing 15.4% of the total combined 
portfolio, compared to $22.1 million, or 13.0%, of the portfolio a year ago.  

In order to address the concern of FDIC insurance of larger depositors, the Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account 
Registry Service (CDARS®) program and the Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) program. Through CDARS®, the Bank’s customers can 
increase their FDIC insurance by up to $50.0 million through reciprocal certificate of deposit accounts and likewise through ICS, they 
can accomplish the same through money market savings accounts. This is accomplished by the Bank entering into reciprocal 
depository relationships with other member banks. The individual customer’s large deposit is broken into amounts below $250,000 
and placed with other banks that are members of the network. The reciprocal member bank issues certificates of deposit or money 
market savings accounts in amounts that ensure that the entire deposit is eligible for FDIC insurance. The Bank can also enter into 
one-way buy or sell transactions which are not reciprocated. At December 31, 2015, the Bank had $21.3 million in deposits in the 
CDARS® program, and $4.6 million of deposits in the ICS money market program. For regulatory purposes, CDARS® and ICS are 
considered a brokered deposit even though reciprocal deposits are generally matched with funds from customers in the local market.  

43 

 
 
 
Along with its liquid assets, the Bank has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are 
available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest 
rates, the purchasing of federal funds, correspondent bank lines of credit and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The 
Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides its largest source of liquidity. At December 31, 
2015, the Bank had approximately $9.0 million available of collateral-based borrowing capacity at FHLB of Cincinnati, 
supplementing the $3.1 million of availability with the Federal Reserve Discount window. Additionally, the FHLB has committed a 
$28.2 million cash management line, of which nothing has been disbursed, subject to posting additional collateral. The Bank, by 
policy, has access to approximately 5% of total deposits in brokered certificates of deposit that could be used as an additional source 
of liquidity. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 there was $11.1 million and $6.0 million, respectively, in outstanding balances in 
brokered certificates of deposit. The Company was also granted a total of $8.5 million in unsecured, discretionary Federal Funds lines 
of credit with no funds drawn upon as of December 31, 2015. Unpledged securities of $40.8 million are also available for borrowing 
under repurchase agreements or as additional collateral for FHLB lines of credit or to sell to generate liquidity.  

The Company has other more limited sources of liquidity. In addition to its existing liquid assets, it can raise funds in the securities 
market through debt or equity offerings or it can receive dividends from the Bank. Generally, the Bank may pay dividends without 
prior approval as long as the dividend is not more than the total of the current calendar year-to-date earnings plus any earnings from 
the previous two years not already paid out in dividends, as long as the Bank remains well-capitalized after the dividend payment. The 
amount available for dividends in 2016 is $4.4 million plus 2016 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration. Future 
dividend payments by the Bank to the Company are based upon future earnings. The Company had cash of $3.8 million at December 
31, 2015 available to meet cash needs. It also held a $6.0 million note receivable, the cash flow from which approximates the debt 
service on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Cash is generally used by the Company to pay quarterly interest payments on the 
debentures, to pay dividends to common shareholders and to fund operating expenses.  

In November 2013, the Bank closed its Middlefield branch due to its nominal asset size. In addition, total deposits at the Middlefield 
branch were less than 1% of total Bank deposits. The Bristol and Mantua branches are less than twenty miles away. Any loss of 
deposits or customers has not had a material effect on liquidity or consolidated deposit totals.  

Cash and cash equivalents increased from $10.6 million in 2014 to $18.5 million in 2015. The following table details the cash flows 
from operating activities for the years ended 2015, 2014 and 2013.  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

$

4,378    $ 

3,869    $

1,784 

2,534      
455      
(75)     
—      
(273)     
—      
(39,191)     
36,575      
(785)     
(338)     

303      
—      
(260)     
(1,936)     
1,387    $ 

2,465     
1,638     
(588)    
—     
(614)    
(9)    
(18,443)    
18,907     
(440)    
(336)    

451     
—     
982     
(676)    
7,206    $

3,221 
650 
(535)
1,954 
(7,247)
25 
(249,714)
275,305 
(1,491)
(324)

96 
1,187 
667 
1,322 
26,900   

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow from operating 
   activities: 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion 
Provision for loan losses 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings 
Increase in trading account 
Other real estate (gains) losses, net 
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale 
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 

Changes in: 

Deferred taxes 
Prepaid FDIC assessment 
Federal income tax receivable 
Other assets and liabilities 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

$

44 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key variations stem from: 1) Provision for loan losses decreased by $1.2 million in 2015 from 2014.  $1.3 million of the provision in 
2014 is related to one affiliated group. 2) Impairment losses of $2.0 million were recognized in 2013 with none in 2014 or 2015.  The 
losses in 2013 were due to regulatory changes mandated by the Volcker Rule. 3) Gains on the sale of investments decreased to 
$75,000 in 2015 compared to $588,000 in 2014 and $535,000 in 2013. 4) A purchase of trading securities was made in 2013 for $7.0 
million. 5) Loans held for sale increased $3.4 million in 2015 compared to a decrease of $24,000 in 2014 and a decrease of $24.1 
million in 2013 due to the impact of interest rates on activity of mortgage banking and the exit from wholesale operations in 
September 2013. 6) In 2014, a $1.1 million refund and in 2013, a refund of $933,000 was received from the IRS with a resulting 
decrease in federal income tax receivable. 7) In 2013, included in the $1.2 million change in the FDIC assessment is a returned deposit 
of $1.1 million. 8) Other assets increased in 2015 due to an investment in SBA loans fund of $2.0 million. Refer to the Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows in item 8 for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS  

The Company has various obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.  

Contractual Obligations: The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by 
payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  

Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits (a) 
Average rate (b) 
Certificates of deposit (a) 
Average rate (b) 
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase 
   agreements (a) 
Average rate (b) 
FHLB advances (a) 
Average rate (b) 
Subordinated debt 
Average rate (b) 
Operating leases 

See Note 

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 
Payments Due in: 
Three to 
Five Years 

Over Five 
Years 

—  
—  

 $

  $ 

—   
—   

—  
—  

One Year or 
Less 
$ 108,144  
  256,433  

One to 
Three Years
 $

0.16%  

92,256  

0.54%  

2,499  
0.10%  

9,912  
1.97%  

—  

22,000  

20,000  

0.74%  
—  

3.51%  
—  

236  

212  

Total 
 $ 108,144  
   256,433  
0.16%
   131,827  
1.12%

11,365   

     18,294  

2.93 %    

2.48%  

—   

—   

—   

92   

—  

—  

5,155  
1.96%  
4  

2,499  
0.10%
42,000  
2.06%
5,155  
1.96%
544   

(a)  Excludes present and future accrued interest.  
(b)  Variable-rate obligations reflect interest rates in effect at December 31, 2015.  

The Company’s operating lease obligations represent short- and long-term lease and rental payments for the Bank’s branch facilities.  

The Company also has obligations under its supplemental retirement plans as described in Item 8, Note 9 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially-determined future benefit payments to eligible plan 
participants. The Company does not have any commitments or obligations to the defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) at 
December 31, 2015 due to the funded status of the plan. Additional information regarding benefit plans can be found in Item 8, Note 9 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

45 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
  
    
  
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements/commitments: The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant off-
balance sheet commitments. Additional information regarding commitments can be found in Item 8, Note 8 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

One Year  
or Less 

One to  
Three Years  

Over Five  
Years 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 
Three to  

Five Years       

Commitments to extend credit: 

Commercial (including commercial real estate) 
Revolving home equity 
Overdraft protection 
Other 
Residential real estate 
Standby letters of credit 

$

11,444    $
16,335     
9,598     
653     
4,608     
3,453     

7    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
55     

1,209     $  19,733    $
—     
—     
—     
5,251     
—     

—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

32,393 
16,335 
9,598 
653 
9,859 
3,508   

Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements since these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.  

CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Regulatory standards for measuring capital adequacy require banks and bank holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-
adjusted” assets so that categories of assets of potentially higher credit risk require more capital backing than assets with lower risk. In 
addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to support, on a risk-adjusted basis, certain off-balance 
sheet activities such as standby letters of credit and interest rate swaps.  

The risk-based standards classify capital into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and 
cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests less intangibles, disallowed deferred 
tax assets and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital consists of a limited 
amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, perpetual preferred stock (not included in Tier 1), hybrid capital instruments, term 
subordinated debt, and intermediate-term preferred stock.  

The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) determines the risk weightings of direct credit substitutions that have 
been downgraded below investment grade. Included in the definition of a direct credit substitute are mezzanine and subordinated 
tranches of trust preferred securities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. Following these guidelines results in an 
increase in total risk-weighted assets with an attendant decrease in the risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios.  

The Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.  

In early September 2013, the regulatory bodies substantially revised the capital requirements for all banks, varying with the size of the 
institution. The new requirements became effective January 1, 2015 and are to be phased in over four years. The Company does not 
expect a material change to its excess capital position currently enjoyed.  

Additional information regarding regulatory matters, including capital requirements, can be found in Item 8, Note 13 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and in the Supervision and Regulation portion of Item 1 - Business.   

INTEREST RATE RISK  

Interest rate risk is measured as the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest income. Components of interest rate 
risk comprise re-pricing risk, basis risk and yield curve risk. Re-pricing risk arises due to timing differences in the re-pricing of assets 
and liabilities as interest rate changes occur. Basis risk occurs when re-pricing assets and liabilities reference different key rates. Yield 
curve risk arises when a shift occurs in the relationship among key rates across the maturity spectrum.  

The effective management of interest rate risk seeks to limit the adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest 
margin, providing the Company with the best opportunity for maintaining consistent earnings growth. Toward this end, management 
uses computer simulation to model the Company’s financial performance under varying interest rate scenarios. These scenarios may 
reflect changes in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, and changes in interest rate relationships.  

46 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The simulation model allows management to test and evaluate alternative responses to a changing interest rate environment. Typically 
when confronted with a heightened risk of rising interest rates, the Company will evaluate strategies that shorten investment and loan 
re-pricing intervals and maturities, emphasize the acquisition of floating rate over fixed rate assets, and lengthen the maturities of 
liability funding sources. When the risk of falling rates is perceived, management will consider strategies that shorten the maturities of 
funding sources, lengthen the re-pricing intervals and maturities of investments and loans, and emphasize the acquisition of fixed rate 
assets over floating rate assets. The Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, caps, floors or 
other similar instruments. Interest rate swaps are currently used to accommodate large commercial borrowers desiring longer term 
fixed rates. 

Run-off rate assumptions for loans are based on the consensus speeds for the various loan types. Investment speeds are based on the 
characteristics of each individual investment. Re-pricing characteristics are based upon actual information obtained from the Bank’s 
information system data and other related programs. Actual results may differ from simulated results not only due to the timing, 
magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, but also due to changes in general economic conditions, changes in customer 
preferences and behavior, and changes in strategies by both existing and potential competitors.  

The following table shows the Company’s current estimate of interest rate sensitivity based on the composition of its balance sheet at 
December 31, 2015. For purposes of this analysis, short-term interest rates as measured by the federal funds rate and the prime lending 
rate are assumed to increase (decrease) gradually over the next twelve months reaching a level 300 basis points higher (and 100 basis 
points lower) than the rates in effect at December 31, 2014. Because rates on the short end of the curve are below 3%, it is not 
practical to review results to the degree of 300 basis points lower. Under both the rising rate scenario and the falling rate scenario, the 
yield curve is assumed to exhibit a parallel shift.  

During 2015, the Federal Reserve kept its target rate for overnight federal funds constant until late December. At December 31, 2015, 
the difference between the yield on the ten-year Treasury and the three-month Treasury had only slightly decreased to a positive 211 
from the positive 213 basis points that existed at December 31, 2014, indicating that the yield curve had remained similarly shaped. At 
December 31, 2015, rates peaked at the 30-year point on the Treasury yield curve. The yield curve remains positively sloping as 
interest rates continue to increase with a lengthening of maturities, with rates peaking at the long-end of the Treasury yield curve.  

The base case against which interest rate sensitivity is measured assumes no change in short-term rates. The base case also assumes no 
growth in assets and liabilities and no change in asset or liability mix. Under these simulated conditions, the base case projects net 
interest income of $20.0 million for the year ending December 31, 2016.  

Change in interest rates: 

Graduated increase of +300 basis points 
Short-term rates unchanged (base case) 
Graduated decrease of -100 basis points 

Net Interest Income  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 
$ Change 

% Change 

$

21,691    $ 
19,982      
19,338      

1,709      

(644 )    

8.6%

3.2%

The level of interest rate risk indicated is within limits that management considers acceptable. However, given that interest rate 
movements can be sudden and unanticipated and are increasingly influenced by global events and circumstances beyond the purview 
of the Federal Reserve, no assurances can be made that interest rate movements will not impact key assumptions and parameters in a 
manner not presently embodied by the model.  

It is management’s opinion that hedging instruments currently available are not a cost effective means of controlling interest rate risk 
for the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, 
floors or other similar instruments, but does utilize swaps to accommodate large commercial borrowers that desire longer term fixed 
rates. 

IMPACT OF INFLATION  

Consolidated financial information included herein has been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars. Changes in 
the relative value of money due to inflation are generally not considered. Neither the price, timing nor magnitude of changes directly 
coincides with changes in interest rates.  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller 
reporting company.  

47 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
  
 
      
  
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report: 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ......................................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 ........................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ............................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ..................
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ......................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 .....................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................................................................................................................

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

48 

 
 
  
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 5), 
or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of 
the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or employees in the 
normal course of performing their assigned functions.  

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of 
December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding 
internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered 
public accounting firm pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act which eliminates such requirements for “smaller reporting 
companies” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.  

/s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Cortland, Ohio 
March 24, 2016 

    /s/ David J. Lucido 
    David J. Lucido 
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

  Cortland, Ohio 
    March 24, 2016 

49 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Cortland Bancorp  
Cortland, Ohio  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 
2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Cortland 
Bancorp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. Cortland Bancorp is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Cortland 
Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  

/s/ S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. 
S.R. Snodgrass, P.C.  
Wexford, Pennsylvania 
March 24, 2016 

50 

 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)  

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-earning deposits 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities available-for-sale (Note 2) 
Trading securities (Note 2) 
Loans held for sale 
Total loans (Note 3) 
Less allowance for loan losses (Note 3) 

Net loans 

Premises and equipment 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Noninterest-bearing deposits 
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 5) 

Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term (Note 6) 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term (Note 6) 
Subordinated debt (Note 7) 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 4,728,267 
   shares in 2015 and 2014; outstanding shares, 4,404,783 in 2015 and 4,527,848 in 2014 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
Treasury stock, at cost, 323,484 shares in 2015 and 200,419 shares in 2014 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$

$

$

$

8,454      $
10,042       
18,496       
153,901       
8,134       
4,033       
394,254       
(5,194 )     
389,060       
9,190       
17,328       
12,301       
612,443      $

108,144      $
388,260       
496,404       
2,499       
17,000       
25,000       
5,155       
9,701       
555,759       

23,641       
20,833       
17,851       
(238 )     
(5,403 )     
56,684       
612,443      $

6,588 
3,981 
10,569 
162,247 
7,861 
632 
360,185 
(5,202)
354,983 
7,697 
16,990 
7,953 
568,932 

94,731 
362,030 
456,761 
4,259 
15,500 
25,000 
5,155 
6,405 
513,080 

23,641 
20,833 
14,555 
376 
(3,553)
55,852 
568,932   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

51 

 
  
  
     
 
  
  
 
 
    
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
         
 
    
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
         
 
    
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  

2015 

For the years ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

$

16,909    $ 

16,120    $

15,993 

INTEREST INCOME 
Interest and fees on loans 
Interest and dividends on investment securities: 

Taxable interest 
Nontaxable interest 
Dividends 

Other interest income 

Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 
Deposits 
Other short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Note 3) 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES   
NON-INTEREST INCOME 
Fees for customer services 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Trading security (losses) gains, net 
Impairment losses on investment securities: 

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses 
Portion of gains recognized in other comprehensive income (before 
   tax) 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings 

Mortgage banking gains, net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Wealth management income 
Other non-interest income 

Total non-interest income 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy and equipment expense 
State and local taxes 
FDIC insurance expense 
Professional fees 
Advertising and marketing expenses 
Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expenses 

INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE 
Federal income tax expense (Note 10) 
NET INCOME 
EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 1) 
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE 

$
$
$

2,343      
1,716      
126      
19      
21,113      

1,668      
4      
40      
804      
91      
2,607      
18,506      
455      
18,051      

2,027      
75      
(11)     

2,677     
1,721     
126     
21     
20,665     

1,694     
3     
156     
943     
88     
2,884     
17,781     
1,638     
16,143     

2,007     
588     
327     

—      

—     

—      
—      
785      
338      
435      
260      
3,909      

9,311      
2,019      
389      
304      
830      
454      
3,056      
16,363      
5,597      
1,219      
4,378    $ 
0.97    $ 
0.24    $ 

—     
—     
440     
336     
313     
116     
4,127     

9,147     
1,912     
341     
309     
815     
277     
2,698     
15,499     
4,771     
902     
3,869    $
0.85    $
0.18    $

2,498 
1,408 
131 
30 
20,060 

2,102 
3 
7 
1,202 
90 
3,404 
16,656 
650 
16,006 

1,935 
535 
185 

1,641 

(3,595)
(1,954)
1,491 
324 
218 
11 
2,745 

9,844 
1,896 
555 
391 
806 
240 
3,147 
16,879 
1,872 
88 
1,784 
0.39 
0.12   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

52 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
(Amounts in thousands)  

Net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Securities available for sale: 

For the years ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

$

4,378 

$ 

3,869 

$

1,784 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities 
Tax effect 
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-temporary impairment 
   losses on debt securities 
Tax effect 
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income 
Tax effect 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Change in post-retirement obligations 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Total comprehensive income 

$

(692)     
235      

—      
—      
(75)     
26      
(506)     
(108)     
(614)     
3,764    $ 

5,465     
(1,858)    

—     
—     
(588)    
200     
3,219     
45     
3,264     
7,133    $

(3,166)
1,076 

1,954 
(664)
(535)
182 
(1,153)
(28)
(1,181)
603   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

53 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)  

Common 
Stock

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive (Loss) 
Income 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Cash dividend declared ($0.12 per share) 
Treasury shares reissued (2,333 shares) 

Balance at December 31, 2013 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 
Cash dividend declared ($0.18 per share) 

Balance at December 31, 2014 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Cash dividend declared ($0.24 per share) 
Treasury shares purchased net of 1 share 
   reissued (123,065 shares) 
Balance at December 31, 2015 

$ 23,641  $ 20,850   $ 10,262   $
1,784     
—     
(544)   
—     
11,502     
3,869     
—     
(816)   
14,555     
4,378     
—     
(1,082)   

—    
—    
—    
(17)  
20,833    
—    
—    
—    
20,833    
—    
—    
—    

—   
—   
—   
—   
23,641   
—   
—   
—   
23,641   
—   
—   
—   

Treasury 
Stock
(3,594) $
—    
—    
—    
41    
(3,553)  
—    
—    
—    
(3,553)  
—    
—    
—    

Total 
Shareholders'
Equity
49,452 
1,784 
(1,181)
(544)
24 
49,535 
3,869 
3,264 
(816)
55,852 
4,378 
(614)
(1,082)

(1,707 )   $ 
—       
(1,181 )     
—       
—       
(2,888 )     
—       
3,264       
—       
376       
—       
(614 )     
—       

—   

—     
$ 23,641  $ 20,833   $ 17,851   $

—    

—       
(238 )   $ 

(1,850)  
(5,403) $

(1,850)
56,684  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

54 

 
  
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(Amounts in thousands)  

Net cash flow from operating activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow from operating activities: 

2015 

For the years ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

$

4,378     $ 

3,869     $

1,784 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion 
Provision for loan losses 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings 
Other real estate (gains) losses, net 
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale 
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Increase in trading account 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 

Changes in: 

Interest receivable 
Interest payable 
Deferred taxes 
Prepaid FDIC assessment 
Federal income tax receivable 
Other assets and liabilities 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

Cash deficit from investing activities 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on available-for-sale 
   securities 
Net increase in loans made to customers 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance 
Purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash deficit from investing activities 

Cash flow (deficit) from financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in deposit accounts 
Net change in short-term borrowings 
Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Repayments of  Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Dividends paid 
Treasury shares (purchased) sold, net 

Net cash flow (deficit) from financing activities 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Beginning of period 
End of period 
Supplemental disclosures: 
Cash paid during the period for: 

Income taxes 
Interest 
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned 

2,534       
455       
(75)      
—       
—       
(39,191)      
36,575       
(785)      
(273)      
(338)      

83       
7       
303       
—       
(260)      
(2,026)      
1,387       

(29,055)
12,291 

23,708 
(34,594)
41 
— 
— 
(2,302)
(29,911)

39,643 
(1,760)
1,500 
4,000 
(4,000)
(1,082)
(1,850)
36,451 
7,927 

2,465      
1,638      
(588)     
—      
(9)     
(18,443)     
18,907      
(440)     
(614)     
(336)     

(48)     
(42)     
451      
—      
982      
(586)     
7,206      

(52,515)
32,733 

22,137 
(13,649)
99 
— 
(1,605)
(1,864)
(14,664)

8,092 
455 
7,400 
3,000 
(12,500)
(816)
— 
5,631 
(1,827)

$

$
$
$

10,569 
18,496 

$ 

12,396 
10,569 

$

1,010     $ 
2,600     $ 
62     $ 

320     $
2,926     $
97     $

3,221 
650 
(535)
1,954 
25 
(249,714)
275,305 
(1,491)
(7,247)
(324)

90 
(69)
96 
1,187 
667 
1,301 
26,900 

(50,377)
29,338 

39,126 
(30,496)
321 
14 
(714)
(894)
(13,682)

(28,232)
(247)
3,100 
— 
(2,500)
(544)
24 
(28,399)
(15,181)

27,577 
12,396 

— 
3,473 
234   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

55 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
   
  
 
 
       
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
         
         
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
         
         
 
    
         
         
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The accounting and financial reporting policies of Cortland Bancorp (the Company), and its bank subsidiary, The Cortland Savings 
and Banking Company (the Bank), reflect banking industry practices and conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A 
summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements is set forth below.  

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, the Bank, CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. and New Resources Leasing Co. All significant intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated.  

Industry Segment Information: The Company and its subsidiaries operate in the domestic banking industry which accounts for 
substantially all of the Company’s assets, revenues and operating income. The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, 
consumer, and commercial loans and offers a variety of saving plans to customers located primarily in the Northeastern Ohio and 
Western Pennsylvania area. Based on the analysis performed by the Company, management has determined that the Company only 
has one operating segment, which is commercial banking. The chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make 
operating and strategic decisions, and therefore are not required to disclose any additional segment information.  

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

Cash Flow: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks, both interest and non-interest bearing, but 
excludes the liquid portion of the securities trading account. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, 
deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions.  

Investment Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. 
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities 
classified as available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though 
management has no present intentions to do so. Securities classified as trading are those that management has bought principally for 
the purpose of selling in the near term. The Company currently has no securities classified as held-to-maturity.  

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of 
securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount and is 
amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating payments, except for U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related 
securities where twelve months of historical prepayments are taken into consideration. Trading securities are carried at fair value with 
valuation adjustments included in non-interest income.  

Other-than-Temporary Investment Security Impairment: Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in value 
is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, along with the reasons 
underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other-than-temporary. The term “other-than-temporary” is not 
intended to indicate that the decline in value is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not 
necessarily favorable and that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the 
investment. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments have not been recognized into income. However, once a decline in 
value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) is recognized in earnings 
while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). 
Unrealized losses on trading securities are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Loans: Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding net of the unamortized balance of deferred loan origination fees and costs. 
Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to the related loan yield over the contractual life using the 
level-yield method. Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based on the amount of principal outstanding. The 
accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management determines that the collection of interest is doubtful. Generally, a loan 
is placed on non-accrual status once the borrower is 90 days past due on payments, or whenever sufficient information is received to 
question the collectability of the loan or any time legal proceedings are initiated involving a loan. Interest income accrued up to the 
date a loan is placed on non-accrual is reversed through interest income. Cash payments received while a loan is classified as non-

56 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

accrual are recorded as a reduction to principal or reported as interest income according to management’s judgment as to the 
collectability of principal. A loan is returned to accrual status when either all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due 
are brought current and future payments are, in management’s judgment, collectable, or when it otherwise becomes well secured and 
in the process of collection. When a loan is charged-off, any interest accrued but not collected on the loan is charged against earnings. 
The same treatment is applied to impaired loans, which means that it is probable that all amounts will not be collected according to the 
contractual terms of the loan agreement. 

Loans Held for Sale: The Company originates certain residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. The 
Company concurrently sells the rights to service the related loans. These loans are classified as loans held for sale, and carried at the 
estimated fair value based on secondary market prices. Adjustments to the fair value of loans held for sale are included in “mortgage 
banking gains” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred fees and costs related to loans held for sale are not amortized, but 
included in the cost basis at the time of sale.  

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALLL) and Allowance for Losses on Lending Related Commitments: Management establishes the 
allowance for loan losses based upon its evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the types and quality of loans in the portfolio. 
Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are reviewed on a regular basis with a focus on larger loans, along with loans 
which have experienced past payment or financial deficiencies. Larger commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are 
evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Bank’s loan review policy. These loans are analyzed to determine if they are 
impaired. All loans that are delinquent 90 days and are placed on non-accrual status are evaluated on an individual basis. Allowances 
for loan losses on impaired loans are determined using the estimated future cash flows of the loan, discounted to their present value 
using the loan’s effective interest rate, or in most cases, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. If the analysis indicates a 
collection shortfall, a specific reserve is allocated to loans on an individual basis which are reviewed for impairment. The remaining 
loans are evaluated and classified as groups of loans with similar risk characteristics.  

Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the allowance is maintained by 
management at a level considered adequate to cover possible losses that are currently anticipated. Estimates of credit losses should 
reflect consideration of all significant factors that affect collectability of the portfolio. While historical loss experience provides a 
reasonable starting point, historical losses, or even recent trends in losses are not, by themselves, a sufficient basis to determine the 
appropriate level for the ALLL. Management will also consider any factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated 
with the Bank’s current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. Factors include, but are not limited to, changes in lending 
policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-offs, and recovery practices; changes in economic 
trends; changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio; changes in the experience and ability of lending management and the depth 
of staff; changes in the trend, volume and severity of past-due and classified loans, and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans; the 
existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; levels and trends in classification; 
declining trends in performance; structure and lack of performance measures and migration between risk classifications.  

Key risk factors and assumptions are updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances. While management may 
periodically allocate portions of the ALLL for specific problem loans, the entire ALLL is available for any charge-offs that occur.  

Certain collateral dependent loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash 
repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate 
realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.  

The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the 
customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar 
risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans 
stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.  

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other operating expense.  

Loan Charge-off Policies: Consumer loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of collateral securing the 
asset prior to the loan becoming 180 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All other loans are 
generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.  

57 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR): A loan is classified as a TDR when management grants a concession for other than an 
insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be considered, except in situations of economic difficulties. 
Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before 
their loan reaches non-accrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance 
and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. In cases where 
borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on 
the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. In addition to the allowance for the pooled portfolios, management has developed 
a separate allowance for loans that are identified as impaired through a TDR. These loans are excluded from pooled loss forecasts and 
a separate reserve is provided under the accounting guidance for loan impairment.  

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
Depreciation is computed generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (5 to 40 years) of the various assets. 
Maintenance and repairs are expensed and major improvements are capitalized.  

Other Real Estate: Real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is included in other assets on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such real estate is carried at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any reduction from the carrying 
value of the related loan to fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss. Any subsequent reduction in fair market 
value is reflected as a valuation allowance through a charge to income. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, 
whereas costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense.  

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company 
employees, officers and directors who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the co-beneficiary of such policies. 
Since the Company is the owner of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as its share of insurance 
proceeds received, are recorded in noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value of the policies is 
included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the 
purchase of BOLI and quarterly thereafter. The amount of BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I Capital. The 
Company has purchased BOLI to provide a long-term asset to offset long-term benefit liabilities, while generating competitive 
investment yields.  

Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangement: The Company maintains a liability for the death benefit promised under split-
dollar life insurance arrangements.  

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities: To mitigate interest rate risk associated with commitments made to borrowers for 
mortgage loans that have not yet closed and that are intended for sale in the secondary markets, the Company may enter into 
commitments to sell loans or mortgage-backed securities, considered to be derivatives, to limit exposure to potential movements in 
market interest rates. The Company also enters into contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate 
locks are entered into in order to economically hedge potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates. These contracts are also 
derivative instruments. All derivative instruments are recognized as either other assets or other liabilities at fair value in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains or losses are recorded as part of mortgage banking gains on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  

Advertising and Marketing: The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred. Advertising and marketing expenses 
were $454,000 in 2015, $277,000 in 2014 and $240,000 in 2013.  

Income Taxes: A deferred tax liability or asset is determined at each balance sheet date. It is measured by applying currently enacted 
tax laws to future amounts that result from differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company is comprised of unrealized 
holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, and post-retirement obligations. 

Per Share Amounts: The Company currently maintains a simple capital structure; therefore, there are no dilutive effects to earnings 
per share. Basic earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding.  

58 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share:  

Net income (amounts in thousands) 
Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Earnings per share 

Years ended December 31, 

2015 

4,378    $ 
4,497,825      
0.97    $ 

2014 

3,869    $
4,527,848     
0.85    $

2013 

1,784 
4,527,350 
0.39   

$

$

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to 
make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the 
exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are 
funded.  

Reclassifications: Certain items in the financial statements for 2014 and 2013 have been reclassified to conform to the 2015 
presentation. Such restrictions did not affect net income or shareholders’ equity. 

Authoritative Accounting Guidance:  

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): 
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this 
Update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical 
possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title 
to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real 
estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal 
agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real 
estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real 
estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in 
this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning 
after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this Update using either a modified retrospective transition 
method or a prospective transition method. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (a new revenue recognition standard). The 
Update’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, this update 
specifies the accounting for certain costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and expands disclosure requirements for 
revenue recognition. This Update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim 
periods within that reporting period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new Update. 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, 
Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.  The amendments in this Update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity 
transactions to secured borrowing accounting.  For repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting 
for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will 
result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement.  The amendments also require enhanced disclosures.  The 
accounting changes in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014.  An entity is 
required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to 
retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Earlier application is prohibited.  The disclosure for certain 
transactions accounted for as a sale is required to be presented for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and 
the disclosure for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions accounted for as 
secured borrowings is required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods 
beginning after March 15, 2015. The disclosures are not required to be presented for comparative periods before the effective date.  
This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. (See Footnote 13) 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based 
Payments when the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period.  
The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be 
treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those 

59 

 
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in this Update 
either (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance 
targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or 
modified awards thereafter. If retrospective transition is adopted, the cumulative effect of applying this Update as of the beginning of 
the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings 
balance at that date. Additionally, if retrospective transition is adopted, an entity may use hindsight in measuring and recognizing the 
compensation cost.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40).  The 
amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon 
foreclosure if the following conditions are met:  (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before 
foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a 
claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of 
the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.  Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable 
should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor.  The 
amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual 
periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements -Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).  The 
amendments in this Update provide guidance in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America about 
management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and 
to provide related footnote disclosures.  The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 
2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Determining Whether the Host Contract in 
a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging 
Issues Task Force).  This ASU clarifies how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in subjectively evaluating the economic 
characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Public business entities 
are required to implement the new requirements in fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2015. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting. The amendments in 
this Update apply to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries that are a business or nonprofit activity 
(either public or nonpublic) upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer (an individual or an entity) obtains control of the 
acquired entity.  An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-
control event occurs. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an 
acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity's 
most recent change-in-control event. The amendments in this Update are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an 
acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control 
event. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement –Extraordinary and Unusual Items, as part of its initiative to 
reduce complexity in accounting standards.  This Update eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items.  The amendments 
in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A 
reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all 
prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the 
beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810). The amendments in this Update affect reporting entities 
that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under 
the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments (1) Modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar 
legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities; (2) Eliminate the presumption that a general partner should 
consolidate a limited partnership; (3) Affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly 
those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; (4) Provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for 
reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are 

60 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds.  The amendments in this 
Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December 15, 2015.  For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2016, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. This Update is not expected to have a significant 
impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30), as part of its initiative to reduce 
complexity in accounting standards.  To simplify presentation of debt issuance costs, the amendments in this Update require that debt 
issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of 
that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected 
by the amendments in this Update.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements 
issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  For all other entities, the 
amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and 
interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016.  An entity should apply the new guidance on a retrospective 
basis, wherein the balance sheet of each individual period presented should be adjusted to reflect the period-specific effects of 
applying the new guidance. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04, Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), as part of its initiative to reduce 
complexity in accounting standards.  For an entity with a fiscal year-end that does not coincide with a month-end, the amendments in 
this Update provide a practical expedient that permits the entity to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations using the 
month-end that is closest to the entity's fiscal year-end and apply that practical expedient consistently from year to year. The practical 
expedient should be applied consistently to all plans if an entity has more than one plan. The amendments in this Update are effective 
for public business entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods 
within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier 
application is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-06, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260): Effects on Historical Earnings per Unit of Master 
Limited Partnership Dropdown Transactions.  Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, contains guidance that addresses master limited 
partnerships that originated from Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 07-4, Application of the Two-Class Method Under 
FASB Statement No. 128 to Master Limited Partnerships. Under Topic 260, master limited partnerships apply the two-class method of 
calculating earnings per unit because the general partner, limited partners, and incentive distribution rights holders each participate 
differently in the distribution of available cash in accordance with the contractual rights contained in the partnership agreement. The 
amendments in this Update specify that for purposes of calculating historical earnings per unit under the two-class method, the 
earnings (losses) of a transferred business before the date of a dropdown transaction should be allocated entirely to the general partner. 
In that circumstance, the previously reported earnings per unit of the limited partners (which is typically the earnings per unit measure 
presented in the financial statements) would not change as a result of the dropdown transaction. Qualitative disclosures about how the 
rights to the earnings (losses) differ before and after the dropdown transaction occurs for purposes of computing earnings per unit 
under the two-class method are also required. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is permitted.  This Update is not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-08, Business Combinations – Pushdown Accounting – Amendment to SEC Paragraphs 
Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115. This Update was issued to amend various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of 
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements. The amendments in this Update represent 
changes to clarify the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”), correct unintended application of guidance, or make 
minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a 
significant administrative cost to most entities. Transition guidance varies based on the amendments in this Update. The amendments 
in this Update that require transition guidance are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, 
beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. All other amendments will 
be effective upon the issuance of this Update.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in this 
Update defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year.  Public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and 

61 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 
2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.  All other entities should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to 
annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2019.  The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting Update. 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest – Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation And Subsequent 
Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to 
Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting.  This Update adds SEC paragraphs pursuant to the SEC Staff Announcement at 
the June 18, 2015 Emerging Issues Task Force meeting about the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs 
associated with line-of-credit arrangements.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805).  The amendments in this Update require that 
an acquirer recognizes adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in 
which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments in this Update require that the acquirer record, in the same period's 
financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the 
change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date.  The amendments in this 
Update require an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount 
recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the 
provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  For all other entities, 
the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.  The 
amendments in this Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of 
financial position. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position.  For 
public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after 
December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual 
periods beginning after December 15, 2018.  Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual 
reporting period.  The amendments in this Update may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or 
retrospectively to all periods presented. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10):  Recognition and Measurement 
of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  This Update applies to all entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities 
and is intended to provide more useful information on the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial 
instruments.  Among other things, this Update (a) requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of 
accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in 
net income; (b) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a 
qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (c) eliminates the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments 
measured at amortized cost for entities that are not public business entities; (d) eliminates the requirement for public business entities 
to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial 
instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (e) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when 
measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (f) requires an entity to present separately in other 
comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific 
credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial 
instruments; (g) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of 
financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; 
and (h) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale 
securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  For all other entities 
including not-for-profit entities and employee benefit plans within the scope of Topics 960 through 965 on plan accounting, the 
amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2019. All entities that are not public business entities may adopt the amendments in this Update earlier 

62 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

as of the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This Update is not 
expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

The following is a summary of investment securities available-for-sale:  

December 31, 2015 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 
Total debt securities 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock 
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock 

Total regulatory stock 

Total investment securities available-for-sale 

$

Amortized Cost  
$

12,555    $
50,139     
70,193     
13,665     
2,883     
1,640     
151,075     
2,823     
226     
3,049     
154,124    $

December 31, 2014 
U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
Trust preferred securities 
Total debt securities 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock 
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock 

Total regulatory stock 

Total investment securities available-for-sale 

$

Amortized Cost  
$

100    $
8,640     
48,547     
85,675     
14,030     
1,662     
158,654     
2,823     
226     
3,049     
161,703    $

(Amounts in thousands) 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

136      $ 
1,386        
165        
—        
—        
—        
1,687        
—        
—        
—        
1,687      $ 

68    $
120     
679     
135     
46     
862     
1,910     
—     
—     
—     
1,910    $

(Amounts in thousands) 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

1      $ 
88        
1,667        
353        
26        
—        
2,135        
—        
—        
—        
2,135      $ 

—    $
80     
123     
441     
64     
883     
1,591     
—     
—     
—     
1,591    $

Fair Value 

12,623 
51,405 
69,679 
13,530 
2,837 
778 
150,852 
2,823 
226 
3,049 
153,901   

Fair Value 

101 
8,648 
50,091 
85,587 
13,992 
779 
159,198 
2,823 
226 
3,049 
162,247   

The regulatory stock is carried at cost (its redeemable value) and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of 
membership in order to transact business with the FHLB of Cincinnati and the FRB.  

The Bank is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of the FHLB and FRB. The stock is bought from and sold based 
upon its par value. The stock cannot be traded or sold in any market and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost (its 
redeemable value) and evaluated by management. The stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value 
rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced 
by criteria such as the following: (a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB and FRB as compared to the capital 
stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted, (b) commitments by the FHLB and FRB to make payments required 
by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance, (c) the impact of legislative and 
regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB and FRB and (d) the liquidity position of the FHLB and FRB. The Company 
does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015. 

Trading securities are an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions, short-term government bonds and include cash 
equivalent investments for trading liquidity. At December 31, 2015, trading securities were $8.1 million and at December 31, 2014 

63 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

trading securities were $7.9 million.  Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in the Consolidated Statement of 
Income. 

Unrealized gains 
Unrealized losses 
Net unrealized gains 
Net realized (losses) gains 
Trading securities (losses) gains, net 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2014 

2013 

7    $ 
(3)     
4      
(15)     
(11)   $ 

39    $
(4)    
35     
292     
327    $

52 
(3)
49 
136 
185   

$

$

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual 
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call 
or prepayment penalties. 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related securities 

Total debt securities 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Amortized Cost 

Fair Value 

$

$

—      $
4,022       
21,834       
41,361       
67,217       
83,858       
151,075      $

— 
4,165 
22,234 
41,244 
67,643 
83,209 
150,852   

The following table sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for each of the years ended 
December 31: 

Proceeds on securities sold 
Gross realized gains 
Gross realized losses 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2014 

2013 

$

12,291    $ 
135      
60      

32,733    $
1,170     
582     

29,338 
658 
123   

Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $108.2 million at December 31, 2015 and $116.6 million at 
December 31, 2014 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes. The remaining securities provide an adequate level of 
liquidity.  

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2015:  

Less than 12 Months 

(Amounts in thousands) 
12 Months or More 

Total 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 
   securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 
   mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 

Total 

Fair Value   
$

1,974  $
5,439     

Unrealized 
Losses 

  Fair Value   

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value   

Unrealized 
Losses 

25  $
61     

1,947  $
2,125     

43     $ 
59       

3,921    $
7,564     

35,081     

315     

16,575     

364       

51,656     

13,530     

135     

—     

—       

13,530     

68 
120 

679 

135 

2,837     
—     
58,861    $

$

46     
—     
582    $

—     
778     
21,425    $

—       
862       

2,837     
778     
1,328     $  80,286    $

46 
862 
1,910   

64 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
   
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The above table represents 34 investment securities where the fair value is less than the related amortized cost.  

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2014:  

Less than 12 Months 

(Amounts in thousands) 
12 Months or More 

Total 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 
   securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 
   mortgage obligations 
Trust preferred securities 

Total 

Fair Value   
$

335  $
2,456     

Unrealized 
Losses 

  Fair Value   

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value   

Unrealized 
Losses 

2  $
18     

1,910  $
4,159     

78     $ 
105       

2,245    $
6,615     

14,460     

33     

31,550     

408       

46,010     

80 
123 

441 

2,273     
—     
19,524    $

$

30     
—     
83    $

3,145     
779     
41,543    $

34       
883       

5,418     
779     
1,508     $  61,067    $

64 
883 
1,591   

The above table represents 37 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost.  

The trust preferred securities with an unrealized loss represent pools of trust preferred debt issued primarily by bank holding 
companies. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in U.S. Government-sponsored-mortgage-backed securities, U.S. 
Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions and U.S. Government 
agencies and corporations were caused by changes in market rates and related spreads. It is expected that the securities would not be 
settled at less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in 
interest rates and relative spreads and not credit quality. Also, except for the securities described below, the Company does not intend 
to sell those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery 
of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015. 

Securities Deemed to be Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired  

The Company reviews investment debt securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) 
with formal reviews performed quarterly.  

For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell the debt security or (b) it is 
more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, 
an OTTI on the security must be recognized.  

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company presents the amount of the OTTI recognized in 
the Consolidated Statement of Income.  

In these instances, the impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss, and (b) the amount 
of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. 
The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-
temporary impairment is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-
temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income.  

As more fully disclosed in Note 11, the Company assessed the impairment of certain securities currently in an illiquid market. The 
Company records impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive (loss) 
income (before tax). Through the impairment assessment process, there was no impairment loss recognized in the years ended 
December 31, 2015 or 2014. 

65 

 
  
  
  
 
  
   
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company recorded impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive 
(loss) income (before tax) as indicated in the following table:  

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2015 

Trust preferred securities: 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings (before tax) 
$
Impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax) $

—    $ 
—    $ 

—    $
—    $

1,954 
3,595   

The following provides a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in earnings for trust preferred securities held for the years 
ended:  

Beginning balance 
Reduction for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment has 
   been previously recognized and there is no related other comprehensive 
   income 
Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment 
   has not been previously recognized 
Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary 
   impairment was previously recognized 
Sale of debt securities 
Ending balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2015 

$

140    $ 

2,305    $

351 

—      

—      

—      

$

140    $ 

—     

—     

—     
(2,165)    
140    $

— 

1,954 

— 
— 
2,305   

In January 2014, the Company determined that its portfolio of insurance trust preferred collateralized debt obligations, commonly 
known as iTruPS securities, were considered disallowed investments under the final rule implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank 
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, commonly referred to as the Volcker Rule, which was originally released jointly by 
five regulatory agencies on December 10, 2013, and further clarified with the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014. 
The final rule requires banking entities to divest disallowed securities by July 21, 2015, unless, upon application, the Federal Reserve 
grants extensions to July 21, 2017.   

With the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014, the joint agencies granted relief by permitting financial institutions to 
retain their interests in certain collateralized debt obligations, but limited that provision to those collateralized by issuances prior to 
May 2010 from bank or thrift holding companies with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets. The Interim Final Rule did not 
contain a provision for issuances by insurance companies, which comprises the various iTruPS securities owned by the Company. 

The disallowed iTruPS consisted of nine positions with an amortized cost of $10.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Because the 
Company could no longer hold the securities until their anticipated recovery, an OTTI had to be recognized for the entire amount of 
unrealized loss as of December 31, 2013.  The fair value of the iTruPS as determined by the discounted cash flow model used by the 
Company aggregated to $8.5 million.  The resulting OTTI charge of approximately $2.0 million was included in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income in 2013. In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments. 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were $778,000 and $779,000, respectively, of investment securities considered 
to be in non-accrual status. This balance is comprised of two trust preferred securities at December 31, 2015. As a result of the delay 
in the collection of interest payments, management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the 
interest payment delays may exceed ten years.  

NOTE 3 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, consumer and commercial loans to customers located primarily in Northeastern 
Ohio and Western Pennsylvania.  

66 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
   
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following represents the composition of the loan portfolio for the period ending:  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 
Total loans 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

Balance 

% 

Balance 

% 

$

$

84,613     
237,137     
45,414     
23,334     
3,756     
394,254     

21.5      $ 
60.1        
11.5        
5.9        
1.0        
      $ 

72,330     
223,536     
38,875     
21,328     
4,116     
360,185     

20.1 
62.1 
10.8 
5.9 
1.1 

Management has an established methodology to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that assesses the risks and 
losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company has segmented loans in 
the portfolio by product type. Loans are segmented into the following pools: commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, 
residential real estate loans and consumer loans. The Company also sub-segments the consumer loan portfolio into the following two 
classes: home equity loans and other consumer loans. Historical loss percentages for each risk category are calculated and used as the 
basis for calculating allowance allocations. These historical loss percentages are calculated over multiple periods for all portfolio 
segments. Management evaluates these results and utilizes the most reflective period in the calculation. Certain qualitative factors are 
then added to the historical allocation percentage to get the adjusted factor.  

These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:  

Factor Considered: 
Levels of and trends in charge-offs, classifications and non-accruals 
Trends in volume and terms 
Changes in lending policies and procedures 
Experience, depth and ability of management 
Economic trends 
Concentrations of credit 

Risk Trend: 
Stable 
Increasing 
Decreasing 
Stable 
Decreasing 
Increasing 

The following factors are analyzed and applied to loans internally graded with higher risk credit in addition to the above factors for 
non-classified loans:  

Factor Considered: 
Levels and trends in classification 
Declining trends in financial performance 
Structure and lack of performance measures 
Migration between risk categories 

Risk Trend: 
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 

The provision charged to operations can be allocated to a loan segment either as a positive or negative value as a result of any material 
changes to: net charge-offs or recovery which influence the historical allocation percentage, qualitative risk factors or loan balances.   

The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods ended:  

December 31, 2015 
Balance at beginning of period 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

Commercial  
$

2,064    $
(470)    
134     
(336)    
249     
1,977    $

2,754    $
(84)    
10     
(74)    
246     
2,926    $

229    $
(45)    
37     
(8)    
(68)    
153    $

60     $ 
—       
17       
17       
(25 )     
52     $ 

95     
(124)    
62     
(62)    
53     
86    $

5,202 
(723)
260 
(463)
455 
5,194   

$

67 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
    
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31, 2014 
Balance at beginning of period 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

December 31, 2013 
Balance at beginning of period 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

Commercial  
$

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

593    $
(123)    
274     
151     
1,320     
2,064    $

2,638    $
(186)    
3     
(183)    
299     
2,754    $

356    $
(93)    
16     
(77)    
(50)    
229    $

88     $ 
(48 )     
24       
(24 )     
(4 )     
60     $ 

89    $
(144)    
77     
(67)    
73     
95    $

3,764 
(594)
394 
(200)
1,638 
5,202   

Commercial  
$

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

639    $
(1)    
167     
166     
(212)    
593    $

2,616    $
(782)    
11     
(771)    
793     
2,638    $

343    $
(81)    
26     
(55)    
68     
356    $

123     $ 
(12 )     
18       
6       
(41 )     
88     $ 

104    $
(146)    
89     
(57)    
42     
89    $

Total 

3,825 
(1,022)
311 
(711)
650 
3,764   

$

$

The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the consolidated balance sheet date.  

The following tables present a full breakdown by portfolio segment, the changes in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded 
investment in loans for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:  

December 31, 2015 

Commercial  

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total ending allowance balance 

Loan Portfolio: 

Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 

Total ending loan balance 

$

$

$

$

834    $
1,143     
1,977    $

178    $
2,748     
2,926    $

—    $
153     
153    $

—     $ 
52       
52     $ 

—    $
86     
86    $

1,012 
4,182 
5,194 

1,347    $
8,465    $
83,266      228,672     
84,613    $ 237,137    $

—    $
45,414     
45,414    $

—     $ 
23,334       
23,334     $ 

—    $

9,812 
3,756      384,442 
3,756    $ 394,254   

December 31, 2014 

Commercial  

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total ending allowance balance 

Loan Portfolio: 

Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 

Total ending loan balance 

$

$

$

$

1,316    $
748     
2,064    $

148    $
2,606     
2,754    $

—    $
229     
229    $

—     $ 
60       
60     $ 

—    $
95     
95    $

1,464 
3,738 
5,202 

2,023    $
5,729    $
70,307      217,807     
72,330    $ 223,536    $

—    $
38,875     
38,875    $

—     $ 
21,328       
21,328     $ 

—    $

7,752 
4,116      352,433 
4,116    $ 360,185   

68 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
       
     
 
 
     
     
     
       
     
 
 
 
     
     
     
       
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
       
     
 
 
     
     
     
       
     
 
 
 
     
     
     
       
     
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The decrease in the provision for the commercial category is primarily due to the large provision in 2014 relating to a single credit 
relationship, to which the majority of charge-offs in 2015 relate. The residential real estate decrease in provision is primarily due to a 
decrease in the historical factor used to produce the provision.  

The following tables represent credit exposures by internally assigned grades for years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements 
as scheduled or at all. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans.  

The Company’s internally assigned grades are as follows:  

  Pass – loans which are protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value of the 
underlying collateral. Within this category, there are grades of exceptional, quality, acceptable and pass monitor.  

  Special Mention – loans where a potential weakness or risk exists, which could cause a more serious problem if not 

corrected.  

  Substandard – loans that have a well-defined weakness based on objective evidence and are characterized by the distinct 

possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  

  Doubtful – loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard asset but with the severity which 

makes collection in full highly questionable and improbable, based on existing circumstances.  

  Loss – loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible, or of such value that continuance as an asset is not 

warranted. This rating does not mean that the assets have no recovery or salvage value but rather that the assets should be 
charged off now, even though partial or full recovery may be possible in the future.  

The following is a summary of credit quality indicators by internally assigned grade as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.  

December 31, 2015 
Pass 
Special Mention 
Substandard 
Doubtful 
Ending Balance 

December 31, 2014 
Pass 
Special Mention 
Substandard 
Doubtful 
Ending Balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 

   Commercial real estate  

77,095      $
4,216       
3,302       
—       
84,613      $

219,958 
7,707 
9,472 
— 
237,137   

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 

   Commercial real estate  

65,339      $
4,963       
2,028       
—       
72,330      $

205,890 
10,209 
7,437 
— 
223,536   

$

$

$

$

The Company evaluates the classification of consumer, home equity and residential loans primarily on a pooled basis. If the Company 
becomes aware that adverse or distressed conditions exist that may affect a particular loan, the loan is downgraded following the 
above definitions of special mention and substandard.  Nonaccrual loans in these categories are evaluated for charge off or charge 
down, and the remaining balance has the same allowance factor as pooled loans. 

69 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a summary of consumer credit exposure as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

December 31, 2015 
Performing 
Nonperforming 

Total 

December 31, 2014 
Performing 
Nonperforming 

Total 

Residential real 
estate 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Consumer - home 
equity 

  Consumer- other   

44,162    $ 
1,252      
45,414    $ 

23,072    $
262     
23,334    $

3,756 
— 
3,756   

Residential real 
estate 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Consumer - home 
equity 

  Consumer- other   

37,544    $ 
1,331      
38,875    $ 

21,179    $
149     
21,328    $

4,110 
6 
4,116   

$

$

$

$

Loans are considered to be nonperforming when they become 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status, though the Company may be 
receiving partial payments of interest and partial repayments of principal on such loans. When a loan is placed in non-accrual status, 
previously accrued but unpaid interest is recorded against interest income. Loans in foreclosure are considered nonperforming. At 
December 31, 2015, there were $1.3 million of loans in the process of foreclosure. 

The following is a summary of classes of loans on non-accrual status as of:  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$

$

1,196      $
2,176       
1,252       

262       
—       
4,886      $

1,824 
2,247 
1,331 

149 
6 
5,557   

Gross income that should have been recorded in income on nonaccrual loans was $293,000, $351,000 and $147,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Actual interest included in income on these nonaccrual loans amounts to 
$26,000, $149,000 and $38,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Troubled Debt Restructuring  

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic 
concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These 
concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment 
extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of 
restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a 
reasonable period, generally six months.  

None of the loans that were approved as TDRs in 2013 have subsequently defaulted in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. 

70 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following presents, by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the periods ended:  

Commercial real estate 

Subsequently defaulted 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

Number of 
contracts 

Pre-modification 
recorded 
investment 

Post-
modification 
recorded 
investment 

Increase in the 
allowance 

2 

  $

—  $

3,154      $ 

3,154    $

— 

—        

There were no loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total restructured loans 

Subsequently defaulted 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2013 

Number of 
contracts 

Pre-modification 
recorded 
investment 

Post-
modification 
recorded 
investment 

Increase in the 
allowance 

5 
  $
7     
12    $

—  $

438      $ 
2,348        
2,786      $ 

—        

438    $
2,348     
2,786    $

20 
— 
20 

In 2015, the two commercial real estate loans were to the same customer.  There was no interest rate impact, only a change in loan 
terms to six months interest only.  

In 2013, the seven commercial real estate loans had either the rate unchanged or blended with no rate impact. All the loans had loan 
term changes. Five of the commercial real estate loans were to the same customer. Two of the five commercial loans were to the same 
company. Three of the commercial loans had loan term changes with no rate concessions made. One commercial loan had multiple 
changes including rate change, shortened maturity and additional collateral and one commercial loan had an extended loan term and 
interest only for 6 months.  

The following is an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

December 31, 2015 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

30-59 Days 
Past Due   

60-89 Days 
Past Due   

90 Days Or 
Greater 

Total Past 
Due 

   Current 

Total 
Loans 

Recorded 
Investment > 
90 Days and 
Accruing 

$ 

$ 

178    $
248     
163     

—    $
1,480     
131     

1,196    $
2,055     
1,240     

1,374    $  83,239     $  84,613    $
3,783      233,354       237,137     
1,534       43,880        45,414     

29     
10     
628    $

117     
—     
1,728    $

262     
—     
4,753    $

408       22,926        23,334     
3,756     
3,746       
10      
7,109    $ 387,145     $ 394,254    $

—
—
—

—
—
—  

71 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
      
       
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
      
       
     
  
  
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31, 2014 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

30-59 Days 
Past Due   

60-89 Days 
Past Due   

90 Days Or 
Greater 

Total Past 
Due 

   Current 

Total 
Loans 

Recorded 
Investment > 
90 Days and 
Accruing 

$ 

$ 

54    $
574     
122     

282    $
1,774     
173     

1,542    $
2,115     
1,144     

1,878    $  70,452     $  72,330    $
4,463      219,073       223,536     
1,439       37,436        38,875     

61     
15     
826    $

—     
—     
2,229    $

149     
6     
4,956    $

210       21,118        21,328     
4,116     
4,095       
21      
8,011    $ 352,174     $ 360,185    $

—
—
—

—
—
—  

An impaired loan is a loan on which, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all 
amounts due (including both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. However, an 
insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments on a loan does not indicate that the loan is impaired.  

When a loan is determined to be impaired, impairment should be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company will measure impairment based on a 
loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  

The following are the criteria for selecting individual loans / relationships for impairment analysis. Non-homogenous loans which 
meet the criteria below are evaluated quarterly.  

  All borrowers whose loans are classified doubtful by examiners and internal loan review  
  All loans on non-accrual status  
  Any loan in foreclosure  
  Any loan with a specific reserve  
  Any loan determined to be collateral dependent for repayment  

  Loans classified as troubled debt restructuring  

Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans evaluated for impairment are excluded from the general pool of loans in the ALLL 
calculation regardless if a specific reserve was determined. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than 
the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount), 
impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.  

72 

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
      
       
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
      
       
     
  
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans, excluding homogenous loans 
for which impaired analyses are not necessarily performed, with the associated allowance amount, if applicable, at December 31, 2015 
and 2014. Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired balances and interest income recognized after 
impairment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.  

December 31, 2015 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2014 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2015 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

$

$
$

$

$
$

Recorded 
Investment 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

  Related Allowance  

232    $ 
7,222      

1,115      
1,243      

1,347    $ 
8,465    $ 

264    $
7,424     

1,552     
1,243     

1,816    $
8,667    $

— 
— 

834 
178 

834 
178   

Recorded 
Investment 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

  Related Allowance  

457    $ 
4,498      

1,566      
1,231      

2,023    $ 
5,729    $ 

457    $
5,242     

1,566     
1,231     

2,023    $
6,473    $

— 
— 

1,316 
148 

1,316 
148   

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

$

$
$

322    $
4,842       

1,341   
1,160       

1,663      $
6,002      $

13 
181 

— 
84 

13 
265   

73 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

257    $
4,069       

311   
1,430       

568      $
5,499      $

17 
158 

— 
73 

17 
231   

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

123   
1,638   

$

73   
3,015   

196      $
4,653      $

6 
117 

— 
95 

6 
212  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2,746      $
9,689       
8,970       
222       
21,627       
12,437       
9,190      $

2,673 
8,298 
8,440 
219 
19,630 
11,933 
7,697   

$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$

December 31, 2014 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2013 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

The following is a summary of premises and equipment:  

Land 
Premises 
Equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

Total premises and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net book value 

Depreciation expense was $792,000 in 2015, $715,000 in 2014 and $713,000 in 2013.  

74 

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
       
 
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS  

The following is a summary of interest-bearing deposits:  

Demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time: 

In denominations  $250,000 or under 
In denominations of over $250,000 

Total 

Stated maturities of time deposits were as follows: 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 and beyond 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$

$

38,078      $
104,334       
114,021       

98,833       
32,994       
388,260      $

33,146 
84,277 
114,400 

91,802 
38,405 
362,030   

(Amounts in thousands)  
2015 

$

$

92,256 
5,691 
4,221 
2,631 
8,734 
18,294 
131,827 

The following is a summary of time deposits of $100,000 or more by remaining maturities:  

Three months or less 
Three to six months 
Six to twelve months 
One through five years 
Over five years 

Total 

Certificates of 
Deposit 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 
Other Time 
Deposits 

$

$

21,269  $
11,786 
24,881 
6,166 
4,229 
68,331  $

1,116   $
—  
500  
2,050  
2,206  
5,872   $

Total 

22,385 
11,786 
25,381 
8,216 
6,435 
74,203   

75 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 6 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK (FHLB) ADVANCES AND OTHER SHORT TERM BORROWINGS  

The following is a summary of FHLB advances and other short term borrowings:  

FHLB advances - long term: 
Fixed rate payable and convertible fixed rate FHLB advances, with 
   monthly interest payments: 

Due in 2015 
Due in 2016 
Due in 2017 
Due in 2018 

Total FHLB advances - long term 

FHLB advances - short term: 

Short term 
Cash management 

Total FHLB advances - short term 

Total FHLB advances 
Other short term borrowings: 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 

Total FHLB advances and other short term borrowings 

The following is a summary of FHLB advances – short term: 

Average balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year end 

$

$

Weighted Average 
Interest Rate

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

   $
1.99%    
3.77%    
1.17%    
3.20%    

0.39%    
0.36%    
0.37%    
2.06%    

0.11%    
1.95%   $

—      $
5,000       
18,000       
2,000       
25,000       

8,000       
9,000       
17,000       
42,000       

2,499       
44,499      $

4,000 
5,000 
16,000 
— 
25,000 

9,500 
6,000 
15,500 
40,500 

4,259 
44,759  

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2014 

2013 

14,674  

$
0.27%  
$
0.37%  

23,500  

17,541   

$
0.89 %     
$
0.25 %     

22,500   

4,559  
0.15%
13,000  
0.12%

At December 31, 2015, FHLB advances were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 million, 
a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $27.2 million, $26.1 million in mortgage-backed securities and 
$2.8 million in U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools. In comparison, in the prior year FHLB advances 
were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 million, a blanket lien against the Bank’s 
qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $25.6 million and $31.6 million in mortgage-backed securities. Maximum borrowing capacities 
from FHLB totaled $51.0 million and $53.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

At December 31, 2015, $18.0 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of 
the FHLB and at December 31, 2014, $22.0 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at 
the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to exercise the put, the Company is required to pay the advance off on that date 
without penalty. 

The following is a summary of other short term borrowings:  

Average balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year end 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2014 

2013 

$
4,082  
0.10%  
$
7,541  
0.11%  

4,141   
$
0.07 %     
5,795   
$
0.07 %     

3,453  
0.09%
4,022  
0.07%

$

$

76 

 
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
 
 
  
    
       
 
 
  
    
     
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
       
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent arrangements the Bank has entered into with certain deposit customers within 
its local market areas. These borrowings are collateralized with securities. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities allocated for 
this purpose, owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping accounts at independent correspondent banks, amounted to $5.8 million and 
$7.5 million, respectively.  

The following table provides additional detail regarding other short term borrowings: 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Repurchase Agreements (Sweep) 
Accounted for as Secured Borrowings 

At December 31, 2015 

At December 31, 2014 

Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements 

Overnight and Continuous 

Overnight and Continuous 

Repurchase agreements: 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 

Total collateral carrying value 
Total short-term borrowings 

$

$
$

4,729      $ 
1,088        
5,817      $ 
2,499      $ 

6,137 
1,361 
7,498 
4,259   

NOTE 7 - SUBORDINATED DEBT  

In July 2007, a trust formed by the Company issued $5.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering 
of such securities due December 2037. The Company owns all $155,000 of the common securities issued by the trust. The securities 
bear interest at the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.45%. The rates at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 1.96% and 1.69%. The Company 
issued subordinated debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust preferred offering. The debentures represent the 
sole assets of this trust. The Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at par.  

The trust is not consolidated with the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company does not report the securities issued 
by the trust as liabilities, but instead reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Company and held by the trust. 
The subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in determining and evaluating the Company’s capital 
adequacy.  

NOTE 8 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Bank occupies office facilities under operating leases extending to 2021. Most of these leases contain an option to renew at the 
then fair rental value for periods of five and ten years. These options enable the Bank to retain use of facilities in desirable operating 
areas. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. 
Rental and lease expense was $168,000 for 2015, $139,000 for 2014 and $181,000 for 2013.  

The following is a summary of remaining future minimum lease payments under current non-cancelable operating leases for office 
facilities:  

Years ending: 

December 31, 2016 
December 31, 2017 
December 31, 2018 
December 31, 2019 
December 31, 2020 
Later years 
Total 

(Amounts in thousands)  

$

$

236 
133 
79 
46 
46 
4 
544   

At December 31, 2015, the Bank was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves amounting to $5.9 million in order to satisfy 
federal regulatory requirements. The reserves are held in useable vault cash and interest-earning balances at the Federal Reserve Bank 
of Cleveland.  

77 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Bank grants commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans, and consumer loans to customers in 
Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, exposure to credit loss can be adversely 
impacted by downturns in local economic and employment conditions. Approximately 0.48% of total loans are unsecured at 
December 31, 2015 and approximately 1.0% at December 31 2014.  

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. 
Such instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. The contract or notional amounts on those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes 
of financial instruments.  

In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented 
by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, 
is based on management’s credit evaluation.  

The following is a summary of such contractual commitments:  

Commitments to extend credit: 

Fixed rate 
Variable rate 

Standby letters of credit 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$

13,311      $
45,929       
3,508       

13,825 
49,897 
608   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Generally, these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of 
a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a 
third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The 
amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation 
of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-
producing commercial properties.  

The Company also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to businesses as well as 
individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue 
this service without prior notice.  

The following table is a summary of overdraft protection for the periods indicated:  

Overdraft protection available on depositors' accounts 
Balance of overdrafts included in loans 
Average daily balance of overdrafts 
Average daily balance of overdrafts as a percentage of available 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$

   $

9,598   
80   
99   
1.03 %     

9,632  
108  
117  
1.21%

Customer Derivatives - Interest Rates Swaps/Floors – The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow our commercial loan 
customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these 
agreements, the Company enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, 
which serves to effectively swap the customer’s variable-rate into a fixed-rate. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap 
agreement with a third party in order to economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with 
both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges under FASB ASC 815 and are not marked to market through 
earnings. As the interest rate swaps are structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered 

78 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
      
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
    
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to 
credit quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820. There was no effect on 
earnings in any periods presented. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $150,000 in cash pledged for collateral on its interest rate 
swap with the third party financial institution.  

Summary information regarding these derivatives is presented below:  

Notional Amount     

Interest Rate Paid 

Interest Rate Received 

2015 

2014 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value 
December 31, 

Customer interest rate swap 
Maturing in 2020 
Maturing in 2025 
Total 

Third party interest rate swap 
Maturing in 2020 
Maturing in 2025 
Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,680     BBA 1 Mo. + Margin  
5,921     1 Mo. Libor + Margin  
8,601    

Fixed
Fixed

  $ 

  $ 

35    $
136     
171    $

2,680    
5,921    
8,601    

Fixed
Fixed

  BBA 1 Mo. + Margin    $ 
  1 Mo. Libor + Margin      
  $ 

(35)   $
(136)    
(171)   $

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the balance sheet.  

December 31, 2015 
Interest rate derivatives 

NOTE 9 – BENEFIT PLANS  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Assets 

Liabilities 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

Other assets 

  $

171    Other liabilities    $

171   

The Bank has a contributory defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) which covers substantially all employees. Total 
expense under the plan was $307,000 for 2015, $284,000 for 2014 and $296,000 for 2013. The Bank matches participants’ voluntary 
contributions up to 5% of gross pay. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the plan up to a maximum of $18,000 with an 
additional $6,000 catch-up deferral for plan participants over the age of 50. The Bank makes monthly contributions to this plan equal 
to amounts accrued for plan expense.  

The Company provides supplemental retirement benefit plans for the benefit of certain officers and non-officer directors. The plan for 
officers is designed to provide post-retirement benefits to supplement other sources of retirement income such as social security and 
401(k) benefits. The benefits will be paid for a period of 15 years after retirement. Director Retirement Agreements provide for a 
benefit of $10,000 annually on or after the director reaches normal retirement age, which is based on a combination of age and years 
of service. Director retirement benefits are paid over a period of 10 years following retirement. The Company accrues the cost of these 
post-retirement benefits during the working careers of the officers and directors. At December 31, 2015, the accumulated liability for 
these benefits totaled $2.8 million, with $2.3 million accrued for the officers’ plan and $522,000 for the directors’ plan.  

The following table reconciles the accumulated liability for the benefit obligation of these agreements:  

Beginning balance 
Benefit expense 
Benefit payments 

Ending balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

  $

  $

2,549    $ 
369      
(158)     
2,760    $ 

2,396    $
308     
(155)    
2,549    $

2,218 
327 
(149)
2,396   

79 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
      
    
  
 
  
  
      
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
      
        
 
  
    
  
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
   
   
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Supplemental executive retirement agreements are unfunded plans and have no plan assets. The benefit obligation represents the 
vested net present value of future payments to individuals under the agreements. The benefit expense, as specified in the agreements 
for the entire year 2016, is expected to be approximately $359,000. The benefits expected to be paid in the next year are 
approximately $162,000.  

The Bank has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental retirement benefit plan and has named 
the Bank as the beneficiary. Similarly, the Company has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the directors with the Bancorp 
as beneficiary. While no direct linkage exists between the supplemental retirement benefit plan and the life insurance contracts, it is 
management’s current intent that the revenue from the insurance contracts be used as a funding source for the plan.  

The Company accrues for the monthly benefit expense of postretirement cost of insurance for split-dollar life insurance coverage. The 
following table presents the changes in the accumulated liability.  

Beginning balance 
Expense recorded 
Other comprehensive loss (income) recorded 
Ending balance 

NOTE 10 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES  

The composition of income tax expense is as follows:  

Current 
Deferred 
Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

616    $ 
132      
108      
856    $ 

614    $
47     
(45)    
616    $

530 
56 
28 
614   

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31,
2014 

2015 

2013 

916 
303 
1,219 

 $ 

 $ 

451 
451 
902 

$

$

(8)
96 
88   

  $

  $

  $

  $

The ability to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets is dependent upon a number of factors, including the generation of future 
taxable income, the ability to carry back taxes paid in previous years, the ability to offset capital losses with capital gains, the reversal 
of deferred tax liabilities, and certain tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance of $94,000 has been established to offset in its 
entirety the tax benefits associated with securities sold at a loss that management believes may not be realizable.  

80 

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
   
   
 
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a summary of net deferred taxes included in other assets:  

Gross deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan and other real estate losses 
Deferred loan origination cost - net 
Impairment loss on securities 
Deferred compensation 
AMT credit carryforward 
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities 
Other items 

Total gross deferred tax assets 

Valuation allowance 

Total net deferred tax assets 

Gross deferred tax liabilities: 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 
Premises and equipment 
Other items 

Total net deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax asset 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$

$

1,766    $
314   
48   
939   
704   
76   
763   
4,610   
(94 ) 
4,516   

—   
(586 ) 
(617 ) 
(1,203 ) 
3,313    $

1,769 
303 
48 
866 
928 
— 
809 
4,723 
(94)
4,629 

(185)
(494)
(595)
(1,274)
3,355   

The Company had a deferred tax asset of $704,000 for credits related to Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT) as of December 31, 
2015. In comparison, the Company had a deferred tax asset of $928,000 for credits related to AMT at December 31, 2014. The 
Company also had deferred tax asset of $94,000 relating to a capital loss carryforward as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. The AMT 
credits have an unlimited carry-forward period. No valuation allowance had been established for these deferred tax assets in view of 
the Corporation’s ability to carry forward taxes paid and credits earned in previous years, to future years, coupled with the anticipated 
future taxable income as evidenced by the Corporation’s earnings potential. The capital loss carryforward has a 5 year life and expires 
in 2017; it has a 100% valuation allowance of $94,000 against it. Because of the Company’s inability to generate capital gains, 
realization of the deferred tax asset therein was not probable.  

The following is a reconciliation between tax expense using the statutory tax rate of 34% and the income tax provision:  

Statutory tax expense 
Tax effect of non-taxable interest income 
Tax effect of earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net 
Tax effect of low income housing credit 
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses 

Federal income tax expense 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31,
2014 

2015 

2013 

  $

  $

1,903     $ 
(600)      
(115)      
(54)      
85       
 $ 

1,219 

1,622     $
(609)     
(114)     
(52)     
55      
$
902 

636 
(504)
(111)
13 
54 
88   

The related income tax expense on investment securities gains amounted to $22,000 for 2015, $311,000 for 2014 and $245,000 for 
2013 and is included in the federal income tax expense.  

The Company prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial 
statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing 
authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first 
subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 

81 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
   
   
   
   
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

is no longer met. The provision also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and 
penalties. There were no significant unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 and the Company does not expect any significant 
increase in unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months. No interest or penalties were incurred for income taxes which would 
have been recorded as a component of income tax expense.  

There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s federal and state 
income tax returns for taxable years through 2011 have been closed for purposes of examination by the Internal Revenue Service and 
the Ohio Department of Revenue.  

NOTE 11 – FAIR VALUE  
Measurements  

The Company groups assets and liabilities recorded at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the assets and 
liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. A financial instrument’s level within the fair 
value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (with level 1 considered highest 
and level 3 considered lowest). A brief description of each level follows:  

Level 1:    Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date. 

Level 2: 

Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as 
of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are available 
but which trade less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of 
which can be directly observed. 

Level 3: 

Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have 
two-way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where inputs into the 
determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. 

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 
December 31, 2014 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Description 

ASSETS 

December 31, 
2015 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 Using 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 
Regulatory stock 
Trading securities 
Loans held for sale 
Interest rate derivatives 

12,623    $
51,405     
69,679     
13,530     
2,837     
778     
3,049     
8,134     
4,033     
171     

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
3,049       
—       
4,033       
—       

12,623    $
51,405     
69,679     
13,530     
2,837     
—     
—     
8,134     
—     
171     

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
778 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Interest rate derivatives 

$

171    $

—     $ 

171    $

—  

LIABILITIES 

82 

 
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
  
    
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
       
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
        
 
 
  
    
  
       
  
    
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Description 

ASSETS 

December 31, 
2014 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$

U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
Trust preferred securities 
Regulatory stock 
Trading securities 
Loans held for sale 

101    $
8,648     
50,091     
85,587     
13,992     
779     
3,049     
7,861     
632     

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
3,049       
—       
632       

101    $
8,648     
50,091     
85,587     
13,992     
—     
—     
7,861     
—     

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
779 
— 
— 
—  

The following tables present the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 
The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant 
unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial 
instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly.  

Beginning balance 
Net realized/unrealized gains/(losses) included in: 

Noninterest income 
Other comprehensive income 

Discount accretion (premium amortization) 
Sales 
Purchases, issuance, and settlements 
Ending balance 
Losses included in net income for the period relating 
   to assets held at period end 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 
Trust preferred 
securities 

2013 
Trust preferred 
securities 

2015 
Trust preferred 
securities 

779    $ 

10,136 

$

7,612 

—      
21      
—      
—      
(22)     
778    $ 

— 
835 
7 
(10,044)
(155)
779 

$

(1,954)
4,553 
8 
— 
(83)
10,136 

—    $ 

— 

  $

(1,954)

$

$

$

The Company conducts OTTI analyses on a quarterly basis. The initial indication of other-than-temporary impairment for both debt 
and equity securities is a decline in the fair value below the amount recorded for an investment. A decline in value that is considered 
to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. In determining 
whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length 
of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment 
downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and a determination that the Company does not intend to sell 
those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent 
and ability is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.  

The Company also considers the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. In addition, for debt securities 
the Company considers the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), current 
ability to make future payments in a timely manner and the issuer’s ability to service debt, the assessment of a security’s ability to 
recover any decline in market value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations and the Company’s intent and ability to 
retain the security. All of the foregoing require considerable judgment.  

83 

 
  
  
 
  
    
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
       
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
    
        
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Trust Preferred Securities  

Trust preferred securities are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 325 Investments Other. The Company evaluates current available 
information in estimating the future cash flows of securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in 
estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Company considers the structure and term of the pool and the 
financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as interest rates and appropriate risk 
premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various note classes. 
Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, expected future 
default rates and other relevant market information.  

As referenced in Note 2, Investment Securities, with the release of the Volcker Rule in December 2013, the Company could no longer 
support the ability to hold certain trust preferred securities comprised of obligations issued by insurance companies. The inability to 
hold the investments triggered a $2.0 million OTTI recognition reflecting the estimated fair value of the securities at December 31, 
2013. For the remaining bank-issued trust preferred securities, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more-likely-
than-not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis. There is a risk that 
subsequent evaluations could result in recognition of OTTI charges in the future. The securities had life-to-date impairment losses as 
presented below.  

The following table details the breakdown of trust preferred securities for the periods indicated:  

Total number of trust preferred securities 

Par value 

Number not considered OTTI 

Par value 

Number considered OTTI 

Par value 

Life-to-date impairment recognized in earnings 
Life-to-date impairment recognized in other comprehensive income 
Total life-to-date impairment 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2       
1,780      $

1       
780      $

1       
1,000      $

140      $
862       
1,002      $

2 
1,802 

1 
802 

1 
1,000 

140 
883 
1,023   

$

$

$

$

$

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit rating at December 31, 2015 and the 
related loss recognized in earnings:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
January 1, 
2015 

Moody’s/Fitch 
Rating 

Additions in QTD 
March 31, 
2015 

Additions in QTD 
June 30, 
2015 

Additions in QTD 
September 30, 
2015 

Additions in QTD
December 31, 
2015 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
December 31, 
2015 

Trapeza IX B-1 

  Ca/CC 

  $ 

140     $

—    $

—    $

—     $ 

—    $

140 

84 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
         
 
 
  
    
         
 
 
  
    
         
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
    
   
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit rating at December 31, 2014 and the 
related losses recognized in earnings: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
January 1, 
2014 

Moody’s/Fitch 
Rating 

Additions in QTD 
March 31, 
2014 

Additions in QTD 
June 30, 
2014 

Additions in QTD 
September 30, 
2014 

Additions in QTD
December 31, 
2014 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
December 31, 
2014 

Trapeza IX B-1 

  Ca/CC 

  $ 

140     $

—    $

—    $

—     $ 

—    $

140 

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2015 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Deal 
PreTSL XXIII 
Trapeza IX 
Total 

   Class 
  C-2 
  B-1 

  Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
780     $ 
  $ 
860       
1,640     $ 

332    $
446     
778    $

  $ 

Unrealized 
Gain/(Loss)   

Moody’s/ 
Fitch Rating   
(448) B2/CCC    
(414) Ca/CC
(862)   

Deferrals and 
Defaults as a % 
of Current 
Collateral 

Number of 
Issuers 
Currently 
Performing       
90       
31       

Excess 
Subordination as a
% of Current 
Performing 
Collateral 

22.5 %   
18.5   

1.77%
—  

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2014 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Deal 
PreTSL XXIII 
Trapeza IX 
Total 

   Class 
  C-2 
  B-1 

  Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
802     $ 
  $ 
860       
1,662     $ 

313    $
466     
779    $

  $ 

(489) B2/C
(394) Ca/CC
(883)   

Unrealized 
Gain/(Loss)   

Moody’s/ 
Fitch Rating 

Deferrals and 
Defaults as a %
of Current 
Collateral 

Number of 
Issuers 
Currently 
Performing       
91       
33       

Excess 
Subordination as a
% of Current 
Performing 
Collateral 

25.2%   
18.1      

—%
—  

The market for these securities at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is not active and markets for similar securities are also 
not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which trust 
preferred securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market 
is also inactive as no new trust preferred securities have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who 
are willing and/or able to transact for these securities. The pooled market value for these securities remains very depressed relative to 
historical levels. Although there has been marked improvement in the credit spread premium in the corporate bond space, no such 
improvement has been noted in the market for trust preferred securities.  

Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and the new issue markets, the 
Company determined the following:  

  The few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for purposes of determining fair 

value at December 31, 2015;  

  An income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs 
and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market 
approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008; and  

  The trust preferred securities will be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the Company determined 

that significant judgments are required to determine fair value at the measurement date.  

85 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
    
   
   
    
      
        
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
    
   
    
      
        
         
  
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred security valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process:  

1.  Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 

levels).  

2.  Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 

other banks).  

3.  Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 

resulting distribution among the securities, including prepayment and cures.  
4.  Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.  

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 10.26% to 14.12% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred security and the prepayment 
assumptions.  

The following table presents the assets measured on a nonrecurring basis on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of 
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are 
written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves. Techniques used to value the collateral that secure the 
impaired loans include: quoted market prices for identical assets classified as Level 1 inputs; observable inputs, employed by certified 
appraisers, for similar assets classified as Level 2 inputs. In cases where valuation techniques include inputs that are unobservable and 
are based on estimates and assumptions developed by management based on the best information available under each circumstance, 
the asset valuation is classified as Level 3 inputs. Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated 
costs to sell. 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis: 

Impaired loans 

Other real estate owned 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis: 

Impaired loans 

Other real estate owned 

Financial Instruments  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

$

$

$

$

—    $

—      $ 

8,800    $

8,800 

—    $

—      $ 

61    $

61   

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—    $

—      $ 

6,288    $

6,288 

—    $

—      $ 

40    $

40   

The Company disclosures fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance 
sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate the value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on 
estimates using present value or other estimation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, 
including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  

Such techniques and assumptions, as they apply to individual categories of the financial instruments, are as follows:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of those assets’ fair value.  

Investment securities – Fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not 
available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Prices on trust preferred securities were calculated 

86 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
        
         
        
 
  
    
        
         
        
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
        
         
        
 
  
 
         
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

using a discounted cash-flow technique. Cash flows were estimated based on credit and prepayment assumptions. The present value of 
the projected cash flows was calculated using a discount rate equal to the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest.  

Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Loans held for sale are recorded at 
fair value based on what the secondary markets have offered on best efforts commitments.  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses – Market quotations are generally not available for loan portfolios. The fair value is estimated 
by discounting future cash flows using current market inputs at which loans with similar terms and qualities would be made to 
borrowers of similar credit quality.  

Bank-owned life insurance – The fair value is based upon the cash surrender value of the underlying policies net of any split dollar 
obligation and matches the book value.  

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these assets’ fair value.  

Interest rate derivatives – The fair value is based on settlement values adjusted for credit risks associated with the counter parties and 
the Company and observable market interest rate curves.  

Demand, savings and money market deposits – Demand, savings, and money market deposit accounts are valued at the amount 
payable on demand.  

Time deposits – The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates 
are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.  

Short term borrowings – Short term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Consequently, their 
carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

FHLB advances - short term – Short term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Advances of one 
month or less are considered to be at fair value. The fair value of notes with one to twelve month terms is based on the discounted 
value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with 
similar remaining maturities. 

FHLB advances - long term – The fair value for fixed rate advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates at 
which advances would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair value for the 
fixed rate advances that are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of 
the FHLB and the FHLB fixed rate advances that are putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB are priced 
using the FHLB of Cincinnati’s model.  

Subordinated debt – The floating issuances curves to maturity are averaged to obtain an index. The spread between BBB-rated bank 
debt and 25-year swap rates is determined to calculate the spread on outstanding trust preferred securities. The discount margin is then 
added to the index to arrive at a discount rate, which determines the present value of projected cash flows.  

Accrued interest payable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these liabilities’ fair value. The fair value of unrecorded 
commitments at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is not material.  

In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the disclosures, 
such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may 
have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core 
deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts 
presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.  

87 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:  

ASSETS: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available-for-sale 
Trading securities 
Loans held for sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Interest rate derivatives 

LIABILITIES: 
Demand, savings and money market deposits 
Time deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 
Accrued interest payable 
Interest rate derivatives 

ASSETS: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available-for-sale 
Trading securities 
Loans held for sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 

LIABILITIES: 
Demand, savings and money market deposits 
Time deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 
Accrued interest payable 

$

$

$

$

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

Carrying 
Amount

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value 

18,496    $
153,901     
8,134     
4,033     
389,060     
17,328     
1,640     
171     

18,496    $
3,049     
—     
4,033     
—     
17,328     
1,640     
—     

—     $ 
150,074       
8,134       
—       
—       
—       
—       
171       

—  $
778 
— 
— 
393,355 
— 
— 
— 

364,577    $
131,827     
2,499     
17,000 
25,000     
5,155     
255     
171     

364,577    $
—     
2,499     
12,000 

—     
—     
255     
—     

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
171       

—  $

134,251 
— 
4,995 
25,667 
4,321 
— 
— 

18,496 
153,901 
8,134 
4,033 
393,355 
17,328 
1,640 
171 

364,577 
134,251 
2,499 
16,995 
25,667 
4,321 
255 
171   

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 

Carrying 
Amount

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value 

10,569    $
162,247     
7,861     
632     
354,983     
16,990     
1,723     

10,569    $
3,049     
—     
632     
—     
16,990     
1,723     

—     $ 
158,419       
7,861       
—       
—       
—       
—       

—  $
779 
— 
— 
359,518 
— 
— 

10,569 
162,247 
7,861 
632 
359,518 
16,990 
1,723 

326,554    $
130,207     
4,259     
15,500 
25,000     
5,155     
248     

326,554    $
—     
4,259     
6,000 

—     
—     
248     

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

—  $

133,171 
— 
9,490 
26,194 
4,573 
— 

326,554 
133,171 
4,259 
15,490 
26,194 
4,573 
248   

88 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2015. 

(Amounts in thousands)       

Fair value at 
December 31, 
2015 

Valuation 
Technique

Trust preferred securities 

$ 

778      Discounted Cash 

Flow 

Significant 
Unobservable Input  
Projected 
Prepayments 

Projected 
Defaults 

Description of Inputs 

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-
Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  
All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals 
depending on spread. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized 
banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%. 
3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate 
issues. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance 
companies.

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as 
described below, are projected to default immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified using a 
CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately. Healthy 
banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, 
and 0.36% annually thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the 
historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same 
credit ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the 
first two years of the projection to account for current economic 
conditions. Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

Projected Cures 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be 
acquired or recapitalized. 

Projected 
Recoveries

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 
10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years. 

Discount Rates 

1) Ranging from ~10.26% to ~14.12%, depending on each bond's 
seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses. 

Impaired loans 

8,800     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1)

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)

Range (0)% to (53)% 
Weighted average (29)% 

Liquidation 
Expenses (2)

Range (0)% to (43)% 
Weighted average (5)% 

Other real estate owned 

61     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1), (3)  

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)

  0% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable.  
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal.  
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.  

89 

 
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
      
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
      
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
       
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
 
  
      
 
  
     
       
 
 
 
  
     
       
 
  
      
 
  
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2014. 

(Amounts in thousands)     
Fair value at 
December 31, 
2014 

Valuation 
Technique

Trust preferred securities 

$ 

779      Discounted Cash 

Flow 

Significant 
Unobservable Input  
Projected 
Prepayments 

Projected 
Defaults 

Description of Inputs 

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-
Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  
All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals 
depending on spread. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized 
banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%. 
3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate 
issues. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance 
companies.

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as 
described below, are projected to default immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified using a 
CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately. Healthy 
banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, 
and 0.36% annually thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the 
historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same 
credit ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the 
first two years of the projection to account for current economic 
conditions. Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

Projected Cures 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be 
acquired or recapitalized. 

Projected 
Recoveries

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 
10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years. 

Discount Rates 

1) Ranging from ~10.24% to ~15.75%, depending on each bond's 
seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses. 

Impaired loans 

6,288     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1)

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)

Range (0)% to (40)% 
Weighted average (23)% 

Liquidation 
Expenses (2)

Range (0)% to (33)% 
Weighted average (6)% 

Other real estate owned 

40     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1), (3)  

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)

  0% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable.  
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal.  
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.  

90 

 
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
      
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
      
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
     
       
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
 
  
      
 
  
     
       
 
 
 
  
     
       
 
  
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 12 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME  

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss or income by component net of tax for the years 
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Balance as of December 31, 2013 
Other comprehensive income before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total other comprehensive income 

Balance as of December 31, 2014 
Other comprehensive income before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total other comprehensive loss 
Balance as of December 31, 2015 

(a)  All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.  

(Amounts in thousands)

Unrealized gains  
(losses) on  
available-for-sale  
securities (a) 

Change in pension  
and postretirement  
obligations

$

$

$

(2,860 )    $ 
3,607        
(388 )      
3,219        
359      $ 
(457 )      
(49 )      
(506 )      
(147 )    $ 

(28)
45 
— 
45 
17 
(108)
— 
(108)
(91)

The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss or 
income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.  

Details about other comprehensive income or loss: 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities 

Details about other comprehensive income or loss: 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 
Amount reclassified from 
accumulated other 
comprehensive loss 

Affected line item in the 
statement where net 
income is presented 

Investment securities 
available-for-sale gains, net 
(75 )   
26      Federal income tax expense 
(49 )    Net of tax 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 
Amount reclassified from 
accumulated other 
comprehensive income

Affected line item in the 
statement where net 
income is presented

Investment securities 
(588 )   
available-for-sale gains, net 
200      Federal income tax expense 
(388 )    Net of tax 

$

$

$

$

NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy 
guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet 
items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments 
by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. 
Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial 
statements. 

91 

 
  
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel 
Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks (commonly known as Basel III). Under the final rules, which 
began for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 and are subject to a phase-in period through January 1, 2019, minimum 
requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company and the Bank. The rules include a new 
common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (CET1 ratio) of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-
weighted assets, which when fully phased-in, effectively results in a minimum CET1 ratio of 7.0%. Basel III raises the minimum ratio 
of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% (which, with the capital conservation buffer, effectively results in a 
minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% when fully phased-in), effectively results in a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
of 10.5% (with the capital conservation buffer fully phased-in), and requires a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. Basel III also makes 
changes to risk weights for certain assets and off-balance-sheet exposures. Management expects that the capital ratios for the 
Company and the Bank under Basel III will continue to exceed the well capitalized minimum capital requirements. 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Company were: 

December 31, 2015 
CET1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

December 31, 2014 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Actual 

Amount 

Ratio 

Minimum required for capital 
adequacy purposes 

Amount 

Ratio 

56,922    
61,922    
67,199    
61,922    

12.78%  $
13.90%   
15.09%   
10.62%   

20,043        
26,723        
35,631        
23,314        

4.5%
6.0%
8.0%
4.0%

(Amounts in thousands) 

Actual 

Minimum required for capital 
adequacy purposes 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

58,705    
63,704    
58,705    

14.58%  $
15.82%   
10.66%   

16,106        
32,212        
22,024        

4.0%
8.0%
4.0%

$

$

Approximately $5.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, 
qualified as Tier 1 capital. Refer to Note 7, “Subordinated Debt.”  

The Bank was categorized as "well capitalized" at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. 

NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

Certain directors, executive officers and companies with whom they are affiliated were loan customers during 2015. The following is 
an analysis of such loans:  

Total related-party loans at December 31, 2014 
New related-party loans 
Repayments or other 

Total related-party loans at December 31, 2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

4,165 
2,147 
(1,942)
4,370   

Deposits from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $2.5 million and $2.6 million, 
respectively.  

The banking relationships were made in the ordinary course of business with the Bank.  

92 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 15 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION – PARENT COMPANY  

Below is condensed financial information of Cortland Bancorp (parent company only). In this information, the Parent’s investment in 
subsidiaries is stated at cost, including equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries, adjusted for any unrealized gains or 
losses on available-for-sale securities.  

BALANCE SHEETS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

ASSETS 
Cash 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Investment in non-bank subsidiary 
Subordinated note from subsidiary bank 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Other liabilities 
Subordinated debt (Note 7) 

Total liabilities 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
Treasury stock 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$

$

$

$

122      $
52,848       
—       
6,000       
3,833       
62,803      $

964      $
5,155       
6,119       

23,641       
20,833       
17,851       
(238 )     
(5,403 )     
56,684       
62,803      $

96 
52,082 
15 
6,000 
3,650 
61,843 

836 
5,155 
5,991 

23,641 
20,833 
14,555 
376 
(3,553)
55,852 
61,843   

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(Amounts in thousands) 

2015 

Years ended December 31,
2014 

2013 

Dividends from bank subsidiary 
Interest and dividend income 
Other income 
Interest on subordinated debt 
Other expenses 
Income before income tax and equity in undistributed earnings of 
   subsidiaries 
Income tax benefit 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 
Net income 
Comprehensive income 

$

$
$

3,310    $ 
97      
63      
(91)     
(513)     

2,866      
133      
1,379      
4,378    $ 
3,764    $ 

1,013    $
93     
62     
(88)    
(311)    

769     
95     
3,005     
3,869    $
7,133    $

544 
96 
99 
(90)
(380)

269 
104 
1,411 
1,784 
603   

93 

 
  
  
 
  
     
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Cash flow from operating activities 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash deficit from operating 
   activities: 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Deferred tax benefit 
Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

Cash deficit from financing activities 

Dividends paid 
Treasury shares reissued 
Treasury shares purchased 

Net cash deficit from financing activities 

Net change in cash 

Cash 

Beginning of year 
End of year 

NOTE 16 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS  

2015 

Years ended December 31,
2014 

2013 

$

4,378    $ 

3,869    $

1,784 

(1,379)     
(6)     
(35)     
2,958      

(1,082)     
—      
(1,850)     
(2,932)     
26      

$

96      
122    $ 

(3,005)    
—     
(156)    
708     

(816)    
—     
—     
(816)    
(108)    

204     
96    $

(1,411)
(6)
113 
480 

(544)
24 
— 
(520)
(40)

244 
204   

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2016 is $4.4 million plus 2016 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration.  

NOTE 17 – LITIGATION  

The Bank is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from 
these other matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company.  

NOTE 18 – STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM 

On March 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Stock Repurchase Program which allowed the Company to 
repurchase up to 200,000 shares or approximately 4.4% of its 4,527,849 outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately 
negotiated transactions in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on the value of 
the Company’s stock on March 24, 2015, the commitment to repurchase the stock during the program was approximately $3.1 million. 
Repurchased shares are designated as treasury shares, available for general corporate purposes, including possible use in connection 
with the Company’s dividend reinvestment program, employee benefit plans, acquisitions or other distributions. As of December 31, 
2015, the Company had repurchased 123,066 shares under the program to date. On January 26, 2016, the Company’s Board of 
Directors approved a new program which allows the Company to repurchase up to 100,000 shares, or approximately 2.3% of the 
4,404,783 shares outstanding at January 26, 2016, of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This program will terminate on 
December 31, 2016 or upon purchase of 100,000 shares if earlier or at any time without prior notice.  

94 

 
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
      
     
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures - None  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. With the supervision and participation by management, including the Company’s 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the 
period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer 
have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The report on management’s assessment of internal 
control over financial reporting is included in Item 8.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that 
there have been no changes during the fourth quarter of 2015 in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. Other Information – Not applicable.  

PART III 

Item l0. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed on or about March 30, 2016 
in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 24, 2016 (the “Proxy Statement”). The information contained 
in the Proxy Statement under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference: “Board Nominees,” “Continuing Directors,” 
“The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

Information relating to executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.  

Item ll. Executive Compensation  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the following captions of “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation in 2015.”  

Item l2. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders Matters  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers.”  

The Company has no compensation plan under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance.  

Item l3. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the captions of “Transactions with Related Persons” and “The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board.”  

Item l4. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Ratification of Independent Auditors.”  

95 

 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item l5. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) 

l. Financial Statements  
Included in Part II of this report:  

Item 8. Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report: 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ........................................................................ 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 .......................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 .............................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 .................... 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ........................ 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ....................................... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................................................................................ 

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

(a) 

2. Financial Statement Schedules  

Financial statements schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required or is not 
shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.  

(a) 

3. Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K  
The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are listed in the Index to Exhibits.  

96 

 
 
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

Date:  March 24, 2016   

CORTLAND BANCORP 

By:   /s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 
President, Chief Executive Officer, Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

/s/ Timothy K. Woofter 
Timothy K. Woofter 

/s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 

/s/ Timothy Carney 
Timothy Carney 

/s/ David C. Cole 
David C. Cole 

/s/ J. Martin Erbaugh 
J. Martin Erbaugh 

/s/ James E. Hoffman, III 
James E. Hoffman, III 

/s/ Neil J. Kaback 
Neil J. Kaback 

/s/ Joseph E. Koch 
Joseph E. Koch 

/s/ Joseph P. Langhenry 
Joseph P. Langhenry 

/s/ Thomas P. Perciak 
Thomas P. Perciak 

/s/ Richard B. Thompson 
Richard B. Thompson 

/s/ Anthony R. Vross 
Anthony R. Vross 

/s/ David J. Lucido 
David J. Lucido 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

March 24, 2016 
Date 

  Director and Chairman of the Board 

  President, Chief Executive Officer and  
Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Chief Financial Officer 

 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

97 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:  

INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

Exhibit 
No. 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

*10.1 

Exhibit Description

Form**

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date

Filed 
Herewith

Incorporated by Reference 

Restated Amended Articles of Cortland Bancorp reflecting 
amendment dated June 25, 1999. Note: filed for purposes of SEC 
reporting compliance only. This restated document has not been 
filed with the State of Ohio. 

  Code of Regulations, as amended. 

The rights of holders of equity securities are defined in portions of the 
Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations as referenced in 
Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 

Agreement to furnish instruments and agreements defining rights of 
holders of long-term debt 

Group Term Carve Out Plan dated February 23, 2001, by The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company with each executive officer other than 
Rodger W. Platt and with selected other officers, as amended by the 
August 2002 letter amendment 

10-K(1)

3.1       03/16/06

10-K

3.2      

03/24/15

10-K(1)

4.1      

03/16/06

10-K(1)

10.1      

03/16/06



 

*10.1.1 

Amendment of Group Term Carve Out Plan, dated October 28, 
2014 

8-K

10.1.1       11/03/14

  10.2 

  [Reserved] 

  10.3 

  [Reserved] 

*10.4 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and David C. Cole, dated as of December 18, 2007 

10-K

10.4       03/17/08

  10.5 

  [Reserved] 

  10.6 

  [Reserved] 

*10.7 

*10.8 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and James E. Hoffman III, dated as of December 18, 2007

10-K

10.7       03/17/08

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Neil J. Kaback, dated as of December 18, 2007 

10-K

10.8       03/17/08

  10.9 

  [Reserved] 

*10.10 

*10.11 

*10.12 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Richard B. Thompson, dated as of December 18, 2007

10-K

10.10       03/17/08

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Timothy K. Woofter, dated as of December 18, 2007 

10-K

10.11       03/17/08

Form of Split Dollar Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp 
and each of Directors David C. Cole, James E. Hoffman III, and 
Timothy K. Woofter as of February 23, 2001, as of March 1, 2004, 
with Director Neil J. Kaback, and as of October 1, 2001, with 
Director Richard B. Thompson; 

10-K(1)

10.12       03/16/06

as amended on December 26, 2006, for Directors Cole, Hoffman, 
Thompson, and Woofter; 

10-K

10.12       03/15/07

*10.13 

Director’s Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and 
Director Joseph E. Koch, dated as of April 19, 2011 

8-K

10.13       04/22/11

98 

 
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
No. 
*10.14 

*10.15 

*10.16 

*10.17 

*10.18 

*10.19 

Exhibit Description

Form**

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date

Filed 
Herewith

Incorporated by Reference 

Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Director Joseph E. Koch, dated as of April 19, 2011 

8-K

10.14       04/22/11

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Cortland 
Bancorp with each of its directors 

Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company and David J. Lucido, dated as of 
March 27, 2012 

Seventh Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The 
Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, 
dated as of November 24, 2015 

Third Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The 
Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. 
Fantauzzi, dated as of December 3, 2008 

Seventh Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The 
Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, 
dated as of November 24, 2015 

10-K(1)

10.15       03/16/06

10-K

10.16       03/29/12

8-K

10.17       12/01/15

8-K

10.18       12/12/08

8-K

10.19       12/01/15

  10.20 

  [Reserved] 

  10.21 

  [Reserved] 

  10.22 

  [Reserved] 

*10.23 

*10.24 

*10.25 

*10.26 

Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company and David J. Lucido dated as of 
November 24, 2015 

Fourth Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between 
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, 
dated as of April 19, 2011 

Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company and Stanley P. Feret dated as of 
November 24, 2015 

Fourth Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between 
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, 
dated as of April 19, 2011 

8-K

10.23       12/01/15

8-K

10.24       04/22/11

8-K

10.25       12/01/15

8-K

10.26       04/22/11

  10.27 

  [Reserved] 

  10.28 

  [Reserved] 

  10.29 

  [Reserved] 

*10.30 

Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings 
and Banking Company and Stanley P. Feret, dated as of July 23, 2013 

10-Q

10.30        08/13/13

*10.31.1 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Tim Carney, 
dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 2015 

10-K

10.31.1       12/01/15

*10.31.2 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and James Gasior, 
dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 2015 

8-K

10.31.2       12/01/15

*10.31.3 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David J. 
Lucido, dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 
2015 

8-K

10.31.3       12/01/15

  10.32 

  [Reserved] 

99 

 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
Exhibit 
No. 

  10.33 

  [Reserved] 

Exhibit Description

Form**

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date

Filed 
Herewith

Incorporated by Reference 

*10.34 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Stanley P. 
Feret, dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 
2015 

*10.35 

  Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers 

*10.36 

  2015 Omnibus Equity Plan 

  10.36.1 

Form of incentive stock option award under the 2015 Omnibus 
Equity Plan 

8-K

8-K

10.34       12/01/15

10.35       08/03/15

10-Q

10.36       08/11/15

10-Q

10.36.1       08/11/15

  10.36.2 

Form of nonqualified stock option award under the 2015 Omnibus 
Equity Plan 

10-Q

10.36.2       08/11/15

  10.36.3 

Form of restricted stock award under the 2015 Omnibus Equity 
Plan 

*10.37 

  2015 Director Equity Plan 

10-Q

10-Q

10.36.3       08/11/15

10.37        08/11/15

  10.37.1 

Form of nonqualified stock option award under the 2015 Director 
Equity Plan 

10-Q

10.37.1        08/11/15

  10.37.2 

Form of incentive stock option award under the 2015 Director 
Equity Plan 

10-Q

10.37.2        08/11/15

  11 

Statement of re-computation of per share earnings 

  14 

  21 

  23 

  Code of Ethics 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Consents of experts and counsel – Consent of independent 
registered public accounting firm  

  31.1 

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) 

  31.2 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) 

  32 

  101 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer required under section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 

The following materials from Cortland Bancorp’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in 
Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (a) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets; (b) Consolidated Statements of Income; (c) 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (d) 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity; (e) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (f) the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in 
detail (included with this filing) 

(1)  Film number 06691632  
*  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement  
** 

SEC File No. 000-13814  

See Note 1
of Financial
Statements

10-K

14      

3/17/08

   

   

   

 











Copies of any exhibits will be furnished to shareholders upon written request. Requests should be directed to Lance A. Morrison, 
Secretary, Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 44410.  

100 

 
 
    
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND 

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER 
Chairman of the Board 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Stan-Wade Metal Products 
Tank Manufacturer and Oil Equipment Distributor 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 
Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 

DAVID C. COLE 
Partner and President, Cole Valley Motor Company 
Automobile Dealership 

J. MARTIN ERBAUGH 
President, JM Erbaugh Co. 
Investment Firm 

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 

JAMES E. HOFFMAN, III 
Attorney, Hoffman and Walker 
Law Firm 

NEIL J. KABACK 
Vice President, Cohen & Company, Ltd. 
Accounting Firm 

JOSEPH E. KOCH 
President, Joe Koch Construction 
Homebuilding, Developing and Remodeling Company 

JOSEPH P. LANGHENRY 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Watteredge, Inc. 
Power Conductor Devices and Accessories Manufacturer 

THOMAS P. PERCIAK 
Mayor, Strongsville, OH 
Government 

RICHARD B. THOMPSON 
Executive, Therm-O-Link, Inc. 
Electrical Wire and Cable Manufacturer 

ANTHONY R. VROSS 
Executive, Simon Roofing 
Commercial Roofing and Industrial Roof Maintenance 

DIRECTOR EMERITUS 

K. RAY MAHAN  

101 

 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS  
JAMES M. GASIOR  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

TIMOTHY CARNEY  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 

DAVID J. LUCIDO  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

STANLEY P. FERET  
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer  

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY   

OFFICERS

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

KAREN BOSLEY 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

HEATHER J. BOWSER 
Assistant Vice President 
Collection Officer 

DANIELLE CANTRELL 
Vice President 
Retail, Business Banking and Investment Sales Manager

MELANIE CHRISTIE 
 Assistant Vice President 
Compliance Officer 

JONI EVERSON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

 DEBORAH L. EAZOR 
Vice President 
Operations Manager 

JOAN M. FRANGIAMORE 
Vice President 
Controller 

BRETT GATTA 
 Assistant Vice President 
Commercial Banking Portfolio Manager 

JOHN HEWITT 
Vice President 
Credit Manager 

JANET K. HOUSER 
Assistant Vice President 
Electronic Banking Specialist 

JAMES HUGHES 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

102 

DAVID J. LUCIDO 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

STANLEY P. FERET 
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

LANCE A. MORRISON 
Vice President 
General Counsel/Corporate Secretary/Director of Human Resources

ROBERT MEEK 
Assistant Vice President 
Treasury Management/Sales Representative

KEITH MROZEK 
Vice President 
Special Assets & Loan Review

ROCCO PAGE 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

RICHARD M. PAVLOCK 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

MICHELLE REILLY 
Vice President, Assistant Treasurer 
Mortgage Banking/ Funds Management

BARBARA R. SANDROCK 
Vice President 
Information Systems Manager

KAREN SHARP 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

JEROME L. SMITH 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer

CARRIE STACKHOUSE 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer

GREGORY STALLMAN 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
BRYAN IGNAZIO 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

MICHELE LEE 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

ANGELO LOCASTRO 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

DARLENE MACK 
Assistant Vice President 
Human Resources Manager 

MELISSA MAKI 
Assistant Vice President 
Director of Marketing and Communications

STANLEY MAGIELSKI 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

NATHANIEL J. MARSHALL 
Market Vice President 
Private Banking Services Officer 

KAREN MILLER 
Assistant Secretary 
Retail Operations Manager/Retail Training

MARK E. TAYLOR 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

RUSSELL E. TAYLOR 
Assistant Vice President 
BSA/Compliance Officer/Director of Security

JACQUELINE TREHARNE 
Assistant Vice President 
Mortgage Operations Manager

SHIRLEY A. WADE 
Assistant Vice President 
Executive Secretary 

JAMES E. WELLINGTON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

MINDY WIESENSEE 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

NICOLE WHITSEL 
Assistant Vice President 
Risk Manager/Compliance 

103